GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES INC
S-1/A, 1996-09-13
NURSING & PERSONAL CARE FACILITIES
Previous: GARGOYLES INC, S-1/A, 1996-09-13
Next: DOCUMENT SCIENCES CORP, S-1/A, 1996-09-13




       
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 13, 1996
        

                                                    Registration No. 333-05955
     =========================================================================


                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   ---------------
        
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 3
         
                                          TO
                                       FORM S-1
                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                              THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                   ---------------  

                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.
                (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Delaware                       8059                     22-3423087
          --------                       ----                     ----------
 (State or other jurisdiction  (Primary standard industrial    (I.R.S. employer 
       of incorporation              classification             identification
       or organization)               code number)                  number)

                                   ---------------

                                2650 N. Military Trail
                                       Suite 350
                              Boca Raton, Florida 33431
                                    (561) 997-0323
                  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                         including area code, of registrant's
                              principal executive offices

                                   ---------------
              
                    John W. Luciani, III, Executive Vice President
                             Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc.               
                                2650 N. Military Trail
                                       Suite 350
                              Boca Raton, Florida 33431
                                    (561) 997-0323
                   (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone
                  number, including area code, of agent for service)

                                   ---------------

                                      Copies to:
                                  John T. Hood, Esq.
                                  Reid & Priest LLP
                                 40 West 57th Street
                              New York, New York  10019
                                    (212) 603-2000

          Approximate date of commencement of proposed distribution to the
     public: As promptly as practicable after the effective date of this
     registration statement.
          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
     offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
     Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: [x]
          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
     offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, please
     check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement
     number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
     offering:  [ ] ____________
          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
     Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and
     list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
     effective registration statement for the same offering:  [ ] ____________
          If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to
     Rule 434, please check the following box: [ ]

                                   ---------------

     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
     DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
     SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
     SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION
     STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING
     PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
     =========================================================================

     <PAGE>

                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.

                                Registration Statement
                                     on Form S-1
                                Cross Reference Sheet
                 Furnished Pursuant to Item 501(b) of Regulation S-K



     Form S-1 Item Number and Caption             Location in Prospectus
     --------------------------------             ----------------------

     1.   Forepart of the Registration 
            Statement and Outside Front 
            Cover Page of Prospectus   . . . . .     Outside Front Cover Page

     2.   Inside Front and Outside Back 
            Cover Pages of Prospectus  . . . . .     Inside Front Cover Page;
                                                     Outside Back Cover Page
     3.   Summary Information, Risk Factors and 
            Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges       Prospectus Summary;
                                                     Summary
                                                     Consolidated Financial
                                                     Data; Risk Factors

     4.   Use of Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . .     Use of Proceeds

     5.   Determination of Offering Price  . . .     Plan of Distribution

     6.   Dilution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     Dilution

     7.   Selling Security Holders . . . . . . .     Principal and Selling
                                                     Stockholders

     8.   Plan of Distribution . . . . . . . . .     Outside Front Cover Page;
                                                     Plan of Distribution

     9.   Description of Securities to be
            Registered . . . . . . . . . . . . .     Outside Front Cover Page;
                                                     Prospectus Summary;
                                                     Description of Capital
                                                     Stock
     10.  Interests of Named Experts and
            Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    Legal Matters; Experts

     11.  Information with Respect to
            Registrant . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Outside Front Cover Page;
                                                     Prospectus Summary; Risk
                                                     Factors; Use of Proceeds;
                                                     Dividend Policy;
                                                     Capitalization; Selected
                                                     Consolidated Financial
                                                     Data; Management's
                                                     Discussion and Analysis
                                                     of Financial Condition
                                                     and Results of
                                                     Operations; Business;
                                                     Management; Principal and
                                                     Selling Stockholders;
                                                     Description of Capital
                                                     Stock; Consolidated
                                                     Financial Statements 

     12.  Disclosures of Commission Position on
            Indemnification for Securities Act
            Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .    Not Applicable

     <PAGE>

        
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 13, 1996
         

     PROSPECTUS
                                   2,777,778 SHARES

                              GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.

                                     COMMON STOCK

        
          Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company") is offering, on a "best-
     efforts" basis, a maximum of 2,777,778 shares (the "Maximum Offering") and
     a minimum of 1,388,889 shares (the "Minimum Offering") of its Common Stock,
     $.01 par value ("Common Stock") at $18.00 per share.  There is no minimum
     required purchase by an investor.  Of the maximum number of shares of
     Common Stock being offered hereby, 2,500,000 shares are being offered by
     the Company and 277,778 shares are being offered by certain stockholders
     (the "Selling Stockholders").  The number of shares to be sold by the
     Selling Stockholders will equal 10% of the aggregate number of shares to be
     sold in this offering.  The offering will terminate no later than ________,
     199_ (120 days after the date of this Prospectus).  See "Principal and
     Selling Stockholders."
         

        
          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the
     Company's Common Stock.  The offering price for the Common Stock has been
     unilaterally determined by the Company.  See "Plan of Distribution."  The
     Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the NASDAQ National Market
     under the trading symbol "GCLI," subject to certain conditions.
         

         
          AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK INVOLVES SUBSTANTIAL RISKS.  SEE
            "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
             MATTERS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
         
                                   ---------------
       THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
          AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
            THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
               COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
        PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAS NOT
                  PASSED ON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING.
                   ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

     ==========================================================================
                                                                  PROCEEDS TO
                       PRICE TO    COMMISSIONS    PROCEEDS TO       SELLING
                        PUBLIC        (1)(2)       COMPANY(2)   STOCKHOLDERS(2)
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Per Share . .     $18.00         $1.08         $16.92         $16.92
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total           $25,000,002  $1,500,000.12  $21,150,000    $2,350,001.88
      Minimum(3)
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total Maximum   $50,000,004  $3,000,000.24  $42,300,000    $4,700,003.76
      =========================================================================

        
     (1)  The shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be offered through
          brokers and dealers who are members of the National Association of
          Securities Dealers, Inc., as sales agents, at a commission of up to 6%
          of the price at which shares are sold to the public.  Brokers and
          dealers also will be paid due diligence fees and non-accountable
          expense allowances, in the aggregate, of up to 1% of the offering
          price at which shares are sold to the public.  The Company also
          intends to offer shares of the Common Stock directly through the
          efforts of its officers, directors and employees.  No commissions will
          be paid by the Company with respect to shares of Common Stock which it
          sells to investors through such efforts.  However, certain employees
          of the Company are also registered representatives of brokers and
          dealers participating in the offering, and may, in such capacities,
          sell shares of  Common Stock and receive commissions in respect of
          shares so sold.  See "Plan of Distribution."
         
     (2)  Assuming that a commission is paid with respect to all shares of
          Common Stock offered hereby at a rate of 6%, but before deducting
          expenses (which include (i) up to 1% of the gross proceeds of the
          offering which is payable to participating brokers and dealers as due
          diligence fees and non-accountable expense allowances and (ii) up to
          1% of the gross proceeds of the offering payable as wholesalers or
          finders fees), estimated at $1,860,000 if the Total Minimum is sold
          and $2,360,000 if the Total Maximum is sold.  All expenses of the
          Offering will be paid by the Company, except that the Selling
          Stockholders will pay commissions, due diligence fees and non-
          accountable expense allowances and wholesalers or finders fees with
          respect to shares sold by them.
        
     (3)  Until at least 1,388,889 shares of Common Stock are sold, the proceeds
          of the offering will be held in escrow by First Union National Bank. 
          If at least 1,388,889 shares of Common Stock are not sold within 60
          days from the date of this Prospectus (subject to an extension of up
          to 60 days at the sole discretion of the Company), the offering will
          terminate and such proceeds will be promptly returned to subscribers,
          without interest or deductions.  Shares of Common Stock sold to
          officers, directors or employees of the Company will not be counted
          for purposes of determining whether such number of shares has been
          sold.
         
                                   ---------------

          The shares of Common Stock are offered subject to prior sale, when, as
     and if delivered and accepted by the Company and subject to certain other
     conditions.  The Company reserves the right to withdraw, cancel or modify
     said offer and to reject orders in whole or in part.

                                   ---------------

          INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.  A
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
     MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     BECOMES EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL
     OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
     SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
     UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
     OF ANY SUCH STATE.

     <PAGE>

                                  PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

          The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more
     detailed information and the consolidated financial statements, including
     the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Unless the
     context otherwise requires, (i) all references herein to the "Company"
     include the Company, its subsidiaries and its predecessors taken as a
     whole, and (ii) all references herein to a "fiscal" year refer to the
     fiscal year beginning on February 1 of that year (for example, "fiscal
     1995" refers to the fiscal year beginning on February 1, 1995).  Other than
     in the consolidated financial statements, all share and per share data has
     been restated to give effect to a 1,084.1-for-1 stock split and reduction
     in par value per share from $.10 to $.01 which will occur upon the closing
     of the Offering.  This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking
     statements which involve certain risks and uncertainties.  The Company's
     actual results could differ materially from the results anticipated in
     these forward-looking statements as a result of the factors set forth under
     "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                     THE COMPANY

        
          Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company"), a fully integrated
     provider of adult living accommodations and services, acquires, finances,
     develops and manages adult living communities.  The Company's revenues have
     been, and are expected to continue to be, primarily derived from sales of
     partnership interests in partnerships it organizes to finance the
     acquisition of existing adult living communities.  The Company manages such
     adult living communities and, as a result, is one of the largest operators
     of adult living communities in the United States, operating communities
     offering both independent- and assisted-living services.  The Company
     currently operates 30 adult living communities containing 4,350 apartment
     units in 11 states in the Sun Belt and the Midwest.  To the extent that the
     development plan described below is successfully implemented, the Company
     anticipates that the percentage of its revenues derived from sales of
     partnership interests would decrease and the percentage of its revenues
     derived from newly constructed communities would increase.
         

        
          The Company has derived, and it expects to continue to derive, a
     substantial portion of its revenues from sales of partnership interests in
     partnerships it organizes to finance the acquisition of existing adult
     living centers.  The Company has financed the acquisition and development
     of the 30 adult living communities that it operates by utilizing mortgage
     financing and by arranging for the sale of limited partnership interests in
     34 limited partnerships ("Investing Partnerships) formed to acquire
     interests in the 29 other partnerships that own adult living communities
     ("Owning Partnerships").  The Company is the general partner of all but one
     of the Owning Partnerships and manages all of the adult living communities
     in its portfolio.  The Company is also the general partner of 22 of the 34
     Investing Partnerships.  As a result of its financing acquisitions by
     arranging for the sale of partnership interests, the Company retains a
     participation in the cash flow, sale proceeds and refinancing proceeds of
     the properties after certain priority payments to the limited partners. 
     The limited partners typically agree to pay their capital contributions
     over a five-year period.  Past offerings have provided, and it is
     anticipated that future offerings will provide, that the limited partners
     will receive guaranteed distributions during each of the first five years
     of their investment equal to between 11% to 12% of their then paid-in
     scheduled capital contributions.  Pursuant to the management contracts with
     the Owning Partnerships, the Company is required to pay to the Owning
     Partnerships, and the Owning Partnerships distribute to the Investing
     Partnerships for distribution to limited partners, amounts sufficient to
     fund any part of such guaranteed return not paid from cash flow from the
     related property.  During the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996 and the
     six months ended July 31, 1996, the Company paid approximately $1,025,000
     and $2,202,000, respectively, with respect to guaranteed return
     obligations.  The Company anticipates that for at least the next two years,
     the aggregate guaranteed return obligations with respect to existing and
     future Investing Partnerships will exceed the aggregate cash flow generated
     by the related properties, which will result in the need to utilize cash
     generated by the Company to meet its guaranteed return obligations.  The
     Company's obligations with respect to guaranteed returns are contractual
     obligations of the Company to make payments under the management contracts
     to the Owning Partnerships.  In general, the accrual of expenses arising
     from obligations of the Company, including such obligations under the
     management contracts, reduces the amount of earnings that might otherwise
     be available for distribution to stockholders.  The aggregate amount of
     guaranteed return obligations for each of the fiscal years 1996 through
     2001 based on existing management contracts is $5,901,000, $13,396,000,
     $11,306,000, $11,809,000, $9,173,000 and $3,897,000, respectively.  Such
     amounts of guaranteed return obligation are calculated based upon paid-in
     capital contributions of limited partners as of July 31, 1996 and remaining
     scheduled capital contributions.  Actual amounts of guaranteed return
     obligations in respect of such contracts will vary based upon the timing
     and amount of such capital contributions.  Furthermore, such amounts of
     guaranteed return obligations are calculated without regard to the cash
     flow the related properties will generate that can be used to offset such
     obligations.
         

                                          1


     <PAGE>

        
          The existing adult living communities managed by the Company are not
     owned by the Company.  Future revenues, if any, of the Company relating to
     such communities would primarily arise in the form of (i) deferred income
     earned on sales of interests in the Owning Partnership for such
     communities, (ii) management fees and (iii) amounts payable by the
     Investing Partnerships to the Company in the event of the subsequent sale
     or refinancing of such communities.
         

        
          At July 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $21.5 million
     principal amount of debt ("Investor Note Debt") secured by promissory notes
     from investors in offerings of limited partnership interests, which debt
     has an average interest rate of 10.43% per annum.  In each of the last five
     years, the collection rate with respect to such investor notes has exceed
     99% of the principal amount thereof that became due and such collections
     have been sufficient to pay interest and principal with respect to the
     Company's related Investor Note Debt.  There can be no assurance that
     future collections will continue at such rate.  In the event that future
     collections are not sufficient to pay interest and principal with respect
     to the Company's related Investor Note Debt, the Company would need to pay
     the shortfall from cash generated by its operations and, as a result, the 
     Company's business, operating results and financial condition could be
     adversely affected.  
         

        
          The Company plans to continue to acquire existing adult living
     communities, and currently plans to acquire between four to eight existing
     communities over the next two years.  The Company has entered into
     contracts to acquire an adult living community in Morristown, Tennessee
     containing 180 apartment units, an adult living community in Tampa, Florida
     containing 164 apartment units and two adult living communities in Sparks,
     Nevada containing 92 apartment units and 64 apartment units, respectively. 
     In addition, the Company has acquired one adult living community from an
     existing Owning Partnership and has agreed to acquire one adult living
     community from another existing Owning Partnership, and may engage in other
     similar transactions.  The Company intends to continue to finance its
     future acquisitions by utilizing mortgage financing and by arranging for
     the sale of limited partnership interests in new Investing Partnerships
     which will own interests in new Owning Partnerships.  It is anticipated
     that the Company will be the managing general partner of the new Owning
     Partnerships that own communities acquired in the future.
         

        
          Senior management formed the first predecessor of the Company over 25
     years ago and, in the aggregate, have over 80 years of experience in the
     acquisition, financing, development and management of residential real
     property.  Prior to 1986, the Company acquired, developed, arranged for the
     sale of interests in partnerships owning, and in most cases managed, multi-
     family properties containing approximately 20,000 apartment units,
     primarily in the Sun Belt and the Midwest.  Beginning in 1986, the Company
     has focused exclusively on adult living communities.  According to a study
     conducted by the American Senior Housing Association, the Company currently
     operates one of the largest portfolios of adult living communities in the
     United States.  The Company has become an experienced provider of both
     independent- and assisted-living services.  The Company operates 30 adult
     living communities containing 4,350 apartment units.  The Company also
     operates one nursing home.  The Company believes that its experience in the
     acquisition, development and management of adult living communities
     positions it to take advantage of social and economic trends that are
     projected to increase demand for adult living services.  The Company's
     operating objective is to provide high-quality, personalized living
     services to senior residents, primarily persons over the age of 75.
         

        
          The Company has instituted a development plan pursuant to which it
     currently intends to construct between 18 and 24 adult living communities
     during the next two years containing between 2,268 and 3,458 apartment
     units.  The Company plans to own or operate pursuant to long-term leases or
     similar arrangements the adult living communities that will be developed
     under the plan.  The Company has obtained a letter of intent from Capstone
     Capital Corporation ("Capstone") to provide up to $39 million for
     development of up to four new adult living communities that will be
     operated by the Company pursuant to long-term leases with Capstone.  The
     Company's development plan contemplates its first new communities being
     built in Texas, where, as of September 6, 1996, it owned one site and held
     options to acquire eight additional sites.  The Company generally plans to
     concentrate on developing projects in only a limited number of states at
     any given time.  The Company believes that this focus will allow it to
     realize certain efficiencies in the development and management of
     communities.  
         

          The Company's development plan is based upon a "prototype" adult
     living community that it has designed.  The prototype incorporates
     attributes of the various facilities managed by the Company, which it
     believes appeal to the elderly.  The prototype has been designed to be
     built in two sizes: one containing 126 apartment units and the other 142
     apartment units.  In all other respects, the two sizes of the prototype are
     virtually identical and both will be located on sites of up to seven acres.
     The Company believes that its development prototype is larger than most
     assisted-living facilities, which typically range from 40 to 80 units.  The
     Company believes that the greater number of units will allow the Company to
     achieve economies of scale in operations, resulting in lower operating

                                          2


     <PAGE>

     costs per unit, without sacrificing quality of service.  Each community
     will offer residents a choice between independent-living and assisted-
     living services.  As a result, the market for each facility will be broader
     than for facilities that offer only either independent-living or assisted-
     living services.  Due to licensing requirements and the expense and
     difficulty of converting existing independent-living units to assisted-
     living units, independent-living and assisted-living units generally are
     not interchangeable.  However, the Company's prototype is designed to
     allow, at any time, for conversion of units, at minimum expense, for use as
     either independent-living or assisted-living units.  Each community
     therefore may adjust its mix of independent-living and assisted-living
     units as the market or existing residents demand.   The Company believes
     that part of the appeal of this type of community is that residents will be
     able to "age in place" with the knowledge that they need not move to
     another facility if they require assistance with "activities of daily
     living."  The Company believes that the ability to retain residents by
     offering them higher levels of services will result in stable occupancy
     with enhanced revenue streams.  The Company believes that the common areas
     and amenities offered by its prototype represent the state of the art for
     independent-living facilities and are superior to those offered by smaller
     independent-living facilities or by most assisted-living facilities.  The
     Company believes that this will make its prototype adult living communities
     attractive to both independent-living residents who foresee their future
     need for assisted-living services and residents who initially seek
     assisted-living services.

        
          The effectuation of the development plan will expose the Company to
     additional risk.  The Company anticipates that the construction of each
     community will require at least 12 months and expects each newly
     constructed community to incur start-up losses for at least nine months
     after commencing operations.  There can be no assurance that newly
     constructed communities will generate positive cash flow.  In addition,
     there can be no assurance that the Company will not suffer delays in its
     development plan or cost overruns.  The Company's development plan has
     placed, and increasingly will place, a significant burden on the Company's
     management and operating personnel.  The Company's ability to manage its
     growth effectively will require it to attract, train, motivate, manage and
     retain key employees.  Moreover, in implementing its growth strategy, the
     Company expects to face competition in its efforts to develop and acquire
     adult living communities.  As a result of any of the foregoing factors, the
     Company's business, operating results and financial condition could be
     adversely affected.
         

        
          The Company believes that management and marketing are critical to the
     success of an adult living community.  In order to attain high occupancy
     rates at newly developed properties, the Company plans to continue its
     marketing program which has resulted in an average occupancy rate at July
     31, 1996 at its existing adult living communities of approximately 93%.  In
     addition, the Company plans to use the common facility design of its
     prototype and its "The Grand Court" trademarked name to promote recognition
     of its properties nationally.  The Company focuses exclusively on "Private-
     pay" residents who pay for housing or related services out of their own
     funds, rather than relying on the few states that have enacted legislation
     which enables assisted-living facilities to receive Medicaid funding
     similar to funding generally provided to skilled nursing facilities.  The
     Company believes this "Private-pay" focus will allow the Company to
     increase rental revenues as demographic pressure increases demand for adult
     living facilities and to avoid potential financial difficulties it might
     encounter if it were dependent on Medicaid or other reimbursement programs
     that may be scaled back as a result of health care reform, budget deficit
     reduction or other pending or future state or Federal government
     initiatives.
         

          Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. is a Delaware corporation formed in 1996
     to consolidate substantially all of the assets of its predecessors, J&B
     Management Company, Leisure Centers, Inc., and their affiliates.  Unless
     the context otherwise indicates, all references to the Company include
     Grand Court Lifestyles Inc., its subsidiaries and predecessors.  The
     Company's principal executive offices are located at 2650 N. Military
     Trail, Suite 350, Boca Raton, Florida 33431 and its telephone number is
     (561) 997-0323.

                                          3


     <PAGE>
  
        
          The following diagram illustrates the relationship among the Company,
     the Owning Partnerships and the Investing Partnerships.
         

        
               {Diagram illustrating the relationship among the Company, the
     Owning Partnerships and the Investing Partnerships appears here.  At the
     top of the diagram is a box containing the name "Grand Court Lifestyles,
     Inc." (the "Company box").  An arrow with the words "Manager of Adult
     Living Community" is drawn to the left of the diagram from the Company box
     to a box appearing at the bottom of the page entitled "Adult Living
     Community" (the "Adult Living Community box".  An arrow with the words
     "Sale of a General Partnership Interest in Owning Partnership" is drawn
     from the Company box to a box below it entitled "Investing Partnership"
     (the "Investing Partnership box").  In return, an arrow with the words
     "Cash, Purchase Note and Investor Notes as Consideration for Sale" is drawn
     from the Investing Partnership box to the Company box.  An arrow with the
     words "Sale of Limited Partnership Interest" is drawn from the Investing
     Partnership box to a box appearing to its left entitled "Limited Partners"
     (the "Limited Partners box").  In return, an arrow with the words "Cash and
     Investor Notes as Consideration for Sale" is drawn from the Limited
     Partners box to the Investing Partnership box.  An arrow with the words
     "General Partner" is drawn from the Investing Partnership box to a box
     below entitled "Owning Partnership" (the "Owing Partnership box").  An
     arrow with the words "Owner of Adult Living Community" is drawn from the
     Owning Partnership box to the Adult Living Community box appearing directly
     below the Owning Partnership box.  Arrows with the words "Directly or
     Through A Wholly-Owned Subsidiary - General Partner" is drawn to the right
     of the diagram from the Company box to the Investing Partnership box and
     the Owning Partnership box.}
         

                                             4


     <PAGE>

                                     THE OFFERING

     Common Stock to be sold by
       the Company . . . . . . . .
       Minimum offering  . . . . .             1,250,000 shares
       Maximum offering  . . . . .             2,500,000 shares

     Common Stock to be sold by 
       Selling Stockholders
       Minimum offering  . . . . .             138,889 shares(1)
       Maximum offering  . . . . .             277,778 shares(1) 

     Common Stock outstanding before
       this offering . . . . . . .             10,000,000 shares

     Total Common Stock to be outstanding
       after this offering assuming the 
       minimum number of shares of 
       Common Stock are sold(2) . .            11,250,000 shares

     Total Common Stock to be outstanding
       after this offering assuming the
       maximum number of shares of
       Common Stock are sold(2) . .            12,500,000 shares

     Use of proceeds . . . .  . . .            The Company intends to use all
                                               of the net proceeds of the 
                                               Offering to be received by it
                                               to fund a portion of the costs
                                               of developing adult living 
                                               communities except that the
                                               Company intends to use 
                                               approximately $3 million of 
                                               such net proceeds for working
                                               capital and general corporate
                                               purposes.  See "Use of 
                                               Proceeds."

     (1)       The number of shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders will
               equal 10% of the aggregate number of shares to be sold in this
               offering.

     (2)       Excludes 1,250,000 shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the
               Company's stock option plans.  As of the date hereof, there were
               not any options granted under the Company's stock option plans. 
               See "Management - Stock Plans".

                                          5


     <PAGE>

                         SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

                 (in thousands, except per share data and other data)

          The summary consolidated financial data have been taken or derived
     from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Company's consolidated
     financial statements and the related notes thereto, and the capitalization
     data included elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The results of operations for
     an interim period have been prepared on the same basis as the year end
     financial statements and, in the opinion of management, contain all
     adjustments, consisting of only normally recurring adjustments, necessary
     for a fair presentation of the results of operations for such period.  The
     results of operations for an interim period may not give a true indication
     of results for the full year.  See "Capitalization" and "Management's
     Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

        
                                          YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                    ------------------------------------
                                    1992       1993       1994      1995
                                    ----       ----       ----      ----
     STATEMENT OF
      OPERATIONS DATA:
     Revenues:

       Sales . . . . . . . . . .  $23,088    $24,654    $29,461    29,000
       Deferred income 
       earned  . . . . . . . . .      253        792      6,668     3,518
       Interest income . . . . .   25,584     13,209     13,315     9,503
       Property management
       fees from related
       parties   . . . . . . . .      449        584      4,124     4,516

       Other income  . . . . . .       --         --         --        --
                                   ------     ------     ------    ------
                                   49,374     39,239     53,568    46,537
                                   ------     ------     ------    ------

     Costs and expenses:
       Cost of sales . . . . . .   15,983     14,685     26,548    21,249
       Selling . . . . . . . . .    6,256      7,027      6,706     6,002
       Interest  . . . . . . . .   14,021     11,874     10,991    13,610
       General and
       administrative  . . . . .    5,836      5,617      5,271     6,688
       Officers'
       Compensation(1) . . . . .    1,200      1,200      1,200     1,200
       Depreciation and
       amortization  . . . . . .      412        975      1,433     2,290
                                   ------     ------     ------    ------
                                   43,708     41,378     52,149    51,039
                                   ------     ------     ------    ------

     Income (loss) before
     provision for income taxes     5,666     (2,139)     1,419    (4,502)
       
     Provision for income taxes        --         --         --        --
                                   ------     -------    ------   --------

     Net income (loss)              5,666     (2,139)     1,419    (4,502)

     Pro-forma income tax  
     provisions (benefit)(2) . .    2,266       (856)       568    (1,801)
                                   ------     -------    ------    -------
     Pro-forma net income
     (loss)(2) . . . . . . . . .   $3,400    $(1,283)      $851    (2,701)
                                   ======    ========    ======    =======

     Pro-forma earnings (loss)
     per common share(2) . . . .   $  .34    $  (.13)    $  .09    $ (.27)
                                   ======    ========    ======    =======

     Weighted average common
       shares used . . . . . . .   10,000     10,000     10,000    10,000
                                   ======     ======     ======    ======

     OTHER DATA:
      Adult living 
       communities operated
       (end of period) . . . . .        9         14         18        24
                                   ======     ======     ======    ======  
      Number of units 
       (end of period) . . . . .    1,639      2,336      2,834     3,683
                                   ======     ======     ======    ====== 
       Average occupancy
        percentage (3) . . . . .     83.3%      90.6%      90.4%     89.3%
                                   ======     ======     ======    ====== 
         

        
                                      YEARS
                                      ENDED
                                     JANUARY    SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                       31,          JULY 31,
                                     -------    ----------------
                                       1996      1995      1996
                                       ----      ----      ----
     STATEMENT OF
      OPERATIONS DATA:
     Revenues:
       Sales . . . . . . . . . . .   $41,407    $19,991    $18,836
       Deferred income
       earned  . . . . . . . . . .    9,140       4,570         --
       Interest income . . . . . .   12,689       7,030      7,886
       Property management
       fees from related
       parties   . . . . . . . . .    4,666       2,890      1,559
       Other income  . . . . . . .    1,013         925         --
                                    -------     -------    -------
                                     68,915      35,406     28,281
                                    -------     -------    -------

     Costs and expenses:
       Cost of sales . . . . . . .   27,112      14,855      9,323
       Selling . . . . . . . . . .    7,664       3,854      3,489
       Interest  . . . . . . . . .   15,808       7,891      7,802
       General and
       administrative  . . . . . .    8,475       3,586      4,099
       Officers'
       Compensation(1) . . . . . .    1,200         600        600
       Depreciation and           
       amortization  . . . . . . .    2,620       1,491      1,730 
                                    -------     -------    -------
                                     62,879      32,277     27,043
                                   --------     -------    -------

     Income (loss) before
      provision for income
      taxes  . . . . . . . . . . .    6,036       3,129      1,238

     Provision for income                                
      taxes  . . . . . . . . . . .       --          --        330
                                    -------     -------    -------

     Net income (loss)                6,036       3,129        908

     Pro-forma income tax         
      provisions (benefit)(2)  . .    2,414       1,252        165
                                    -------     -------    -------

     Pro-forma net income      
      (loss)(2)  . . . . . . . . .   $3,622      $1,877       $743
                                    =======     =======    =======

     Pro-forma earnings (loss)     
     per common share(2) . . . . .   $  .36      $  .19    $   .07
                                    =======     =======    =======

     Weighted average common     
      shares used  . . . . . . . .   10,000      10,000     10,000
                                    =======     =======   ========
     OTHER DATA:
       Adult living
       communities operated          
       (end of period) . . . . . .       28          26         30
                                    =======     =======    =======

       Number of units (end of   
       period) . . . . . . . . . .    4,164       3,777      4,350
                                    =======     =======    =======

       Average occupancy       
       percentage (3)  . . . . . .     94.7%       93.0%      92.7%
                                    ========    =======   ========
         

                                          6

     <PAGE>

        
                                                AS OF JANUARY 31,
                                   --------------------------------------------
                                   1992      1993      1994      1995      1996
                                   ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
               BALANCE SHEET
               DATA:

               Cash and cash
               equivalents . .  $  3,477  $  6,455  $  9,335  $ 10,950  $ 17,961

               Notes and
               receivables-net   230,760   234,115   227,411   220,014   223,736

               Total assets  .   241,691   251,118   249,203   249,047   260,742

               Total
               liabilities . .   191,234   203,990   211,647   217,879   225,238

               Stockholders'
               equity  . . . .    50,457    47,128    37,556    31,168    35,504
         

        
                                                AS OF JULY 31,
                                        ------------------------------
                                                           ADJUSTED(4)
                                        ACTUAL               MINIMUM
                                        ------             -----------
        BALANCE SHEET DATA:

        Cash and cash equivalents       $7,190                 $26,530
        Notes and receivables-net      226,044                 226,044
        Total assets  . . . . . .      254,364                 273,704
        Total liabilities . . . .      218,852                 218,852
        Stockholders' equity  . .       35,512                  54,852
         

     --------------
        
     (1)  John Luciani and Bernard M. Rodin, the Chairman of the Board and
          President, respectively, of the Company received dividends and
          distributions from the Company's predecessors but did not receive
          compensation.  Officers' Compensation is based upon the aggregate
          compensation currently received by such officers, $600,000 a year for
          each such officer.  Amounts received by such officers in excess of
          such amount are treated as dividends for purposes of the Company's
          financial statements.  In the first six months of fiscal 1996, such
          officers also received $450,000 each as a dividend.  See "Management."
          

     (2)  The Company's predecessors were Sub-chapter S corporations and a
          partnership.  The pro forma statement of operations data reflects
          provisions for federal and state income taxes as if the Company had
          been subject to federal and state income taxation as a C corporation
          during each of the periods presented.

     (3)  Average occupancy percentages were determined by adding all of the
          occupancy percentages of the individual communities and dividing that
          number by the total number of communities.  The average occupancy
          percentage for each particular community was determined by dividing
          the number of occupied apartment units in the particular community on
          the given date by the total number of apartment units in the
          particular community.

     (4)  "Adjusted" amounts give effect to the application by the Company of
          its net proceeds of this offering (based upon an assumed initial
          public offering price of $18.00 per share, after deducting commissions
          and other offering expenses payable by the Company) if the minimum
          number of shares of Common Stock are sold.  See "Capitalization."

                                          7


     <PAGE>

                                     RISK FACTORS

          Prospective purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby should
     consider carefully the factors set forth below, as well as other
     information contained in this Prospectus, before making a decision to
     purchase the Common Stock offered hereby.

     POTENTIAL FOR OPERATING LOSSES

          The Company has begun developing new adult living communities.  The
     Company anticipates that the construction of each community will require at
     least 12 months and expects each newly constructed community to incur
     start-up losses for at least nine months after commencing operations.  In
     addition, during the past ten years the Company's revenues have been
     derived principally from arranging for the sale of partnership interests to
     finance the acquisition of existing adult living communities.  Competition
     to acquire such communities has intensified, and there can be no assurance
     that the Company will be able to acquire such communities on terms
     favorable enough to offset the start-up losses associated with newly
     developed communities and the costs and cash requirements arising from the
     Company's overhead and existing debt and guaranty obligations.  Such
     factors could cause the Company to incur operating losses until, at least,
     its newly constructed communities are completed, leased up and begin
     generating positive cash flow.  Nor can there be any assurance that such
     newly constructed communities will generate positive cash flow.  If the
     Company incurs operating losses, this could have a material adverse effect
     on the Company's business, operating results and financial condition and
     the market price of the shares of Common Stock.  For the fiscal year ending
     January 31, 1993 and the fiscal year ending January 31, 1995, respectively,
     the Company incurred net losses of approximately $2.1 million and $4.5
     million.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
     and Results of Operations--Results of Operations" and "--Liquidity and
     Capital Resources" and "Business--Partnership Offerings" and "--Strategy."

     DEVELOPMENT DELAYS AND COST OVERRUNS

          The Company currently expects to begin construction of between 18 and
     24 new adult living communities during the next two years.  There can be no
     assurance that the Company will not suffer delays in its development
     program, which could adversely affect the Company's growth.  To date, the
     Company has not opened any newly developed adult living communities or
     entered into any substantial commitments of capital resources to develop
     such communities.  Development of adult living communities can be delayed
     or precluded by various zoning, healthcare licensing and other applicable
     governmental regulations and restrictions.  Real estate development
     projects generally are subject to various risks, including permitting,
     licensing and construction delays, that may result in construction cost
     overruns and longer periods of operating losses.  The Company intends to
     rely on third-party general contractors to construct new communities. 
     There can be no assurance that the Company will not experience difficulties
     in working with general contractors and subcontractors, any of which
     difficulties also could result in increased construction costs and delays. 
     Furthermore, project development is subject to a number of contingencies
     over which the Company will have little control and that may adversely
     affect project cost and completion time, including inability to obtain
     construction financing, shortages of or the inability to obtain labor or
     materials, the inability of the general contractors or subcontractors to
     perform under their contracts, strikes, adverse weather conditions, delays
     in property lease-ups and changes in applicable laws or regulations or in
     the method of applying such laws and regulations.  If the Company's
     development schedule is delayed, the Company's business, operating results
     and financial condition could be adversely affected.  See "Business--  
     Strategy" and "--Operations."

     SUBSTANTIAL DEBT OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

        
          At July 31, 1996 the Company had approximately $131.7 million
     principal amount of debt ("Total Debt") at an average interest rate of
     11.75% per annum.  Of the principal amount of Total Debt, $15.9 million
     becomes due in the fiscal year ending January 31, 1997; $18.9 million
     becomes due in the fiscal year ending January 31, 1998; $32.2 million
     becomes due in the fiscal year ending January 31, 1999; $17.6 million
     becomes due in the fiscal year ending January 31, 2000; $18.5 million
     becomes due in the fiscal year ending January 31, 2001, and the balance of
     $28.6 million becomes due thereafter.
         

                                          8


     <PAGE>

        
          Of the Total Debt, $78.7 million principal amount were debentures
     ("Debenture Debt") issued in eleven separate series, secured by notes owed
     to the Company by partnerships formed to invest in multifamily housing (the
     "Multi-family Notes"), investor notes and limited partnership interests
     arising from offerings arranged by the Company in connection with
     acquisitions of multi-family housing (the "Purchase Note Collateral").  The
     Debenture Debt has an average interest rate of 11.95% per annum and has
     maturities ranging from 1996 through 2004.  During the fiscal year ended
     January 31, 1996 and the six months ending July 31, 1996, total interest
     expense with respect to Debenture Debt was approximately $8.7 million and
     $4.9 million, respectively, the Purchase Note Collateral produced
     approximately $3.0 million and $708,105 of interest and related payments to
     the Company, respectively, which was approximately $5.7 million and
     $4.2 million less than the amount required to pay interest on the Debenture
     Debt, respectively.  The Company paid the shortfall from cash generated by
     its operations.  Debenture Debt in the aggregate principal amount of
     approximately $8.7 million, $2.1 million, $19.5 million, $10.3 million and
     $15.1 million will mature in the respective fiscal years 1996 through 2000.
     There can be no assurance that amounts received with respect to the
     Purchase Note Collateral will be sufficient to pay the Company's future
     debt service obligations with respect to the Debenture Debt.  Several of
     the Multi-family Notes have reached their final maturity dates and, due to
     the inability, in view of the current cash flows of the properties, to
     maximize the value of the underlying property at such maturity dates,
     either through a sale or refinancing, these final maturity dates have been
     extended by the Company.  The Company expects that it may need to extend
     maturities of other Multi-family Notes.  
         

        
          Of the Company's Total Debt, an additional $26.5 million principal
     amount was unsecured, having an average interest rate of 12.97% per annum
     ("Unsecured Debt") and an additional $5.0 million of such debt is mortgage
     debt ("Mortgage Debt") with an average interest rate of 12% per annum.  The
     Company incurred the Mortgage Debt, which is secured by adult living
     communities, in order to facilitate the acquisition financing for such
     communities.  At July 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $21.5 million
     principal amount of debt ("Investor Note Debt") secured by promissory notes
     from investors in offerings of limited partnership interests, which debt
     has an average interest rate of 10.43% per annum.  In each of the last five
     years, the collection rate with respect to such investor notes has exceeded
     99% of the principal amount thereof that became due and such collections
     have been sufficient to pay interest and principal with respect to the
     Company's related Investor Note Debt.  There can be no assurance that
     future collections will continue at such rate.  In the event that future
     collections are not sufficient to pay interest and principal with respect
     to the Company's related Investor Note Debt, the Company would need to pay
     the shortfall from cash generated by its operations and, as a result, the
     Company's business, operating results and financial condition could be
     adversely affected.  The Company intends to continue to incur Investor Note
     Debt, utilizing as collateral investor notes generated by future sales of
     limited partnership interests in Investing Partnerships formed in
     connection with acquisitions of existing adult living communities.  The
     Company is in the process of issuing additional Unsecured Debt in the
     amount of $7.5 million to refinance other indebtedness.  Although the
     Company currently does not anticipate incurring additional Debenture Debt
     or Unsecured Debt, there can be no assurance that this will be the case. 
     For example, the Company may incur additional Debenture Debt or Unsecured
     Debt as a means of refinancing its existing debt or for working capital
     purposes.  Neither the Company nor the Owning Partnerships have policies
     limiting the amount or proportion of indebtedness incurred.  Certain
     Investor Note Debt obligations contain provisions requiring the Company to
     maintain a net worth of $35,000,000.  In addition, certain obligations of
     the Company contain covenants requiring the Company to maintain a
     consolidated debt to consolidated net worth ratio of, in the most
     restrictive case, no more than 6.5 to 1.  At January 31, 1996 and at July
     31, 1996, the Company's consolidated debt to net worth ratio was 6.3 to 1
     and 6.2 to 1, respectively.  In addition, one obligation of the Company
     contains a covenant requiring the Company to maintain a debt for borrowed
     money to consolidated net worth ratio of 5 to 1.  At January 31, 1996 and
     at July 31, 1996, the Company's debt for borrowed money to consolidated net
     worth ratio was 3.95 to 1 and 3.73 to 1, respectively.
         

        
          The formation of the Company pursuant to the merger into the Company
     of various affiliated corporations and asset transfers resulted in defaults
     which exist under approximately $6.3 million aggregate principal amount of
     Investor Note Debt.  None of the lenders have commenced any action to
     pursue remedies in respect of such debt.  The Company is currently working
     with the lenders of such debt on amendments to the underlying debt
     instruments which would give effect to the formation of the Company and
     waive any such defaults.  Although the Company
         

                                          9


     <PAGE>

        
     believes that all such defaults will be waived, there can be no assurance
     that this will be the case.  If any required waiver could not be obtained,
     the Company would seek to refinance such debt.  In the event that the
     lenders of such debt accelerated such debt or commenced any other actions
     to pursue remedies, the Company's business, operating results and financial
     condition could be adversely affected.  See "Management's Discussion and
     Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 6 of
     Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
         

     POTENTIAL INCREASES IN DEBT SERVICE OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO VARIABLE RATE
     DEBT

        
          The Investor Note Debt, which totaled $21.5 million in aggregate
     principal amount at July 31, 1996, bears interest at variable rates
     determined by reference to the prime rate of the lending banks.  Each 1%
     increase or decrease of the interest rate on such debt would result in an
     increase or decrease in the annual debt service obligation of the Company
     of approximately $215,000.  Therefore, increases in interest rates could
     adversely affect the operating results and financial condition of the
     Company.
         

     DIFFICULTIES OF MANAGING RAPID EXPANSION

          The Company will pursue an aggressive expansion program, and it
     expects that its rate of growth will increase as it implements its
     development program for new adult living communities.  The Company's
     success will depend in large part on identifying suitable development
     opportunities, and its ability to pursue such opportunities, complete
     development, and lease up and effectively operate its adult-living
     communities.  The Company's growth has placed a significant burden on the
     Company's management and operating personnel.  The Company's ability to
     manage its growth effectively will require it to continue to attract,
     train, motivate, manage and retain key employees.  If the Company is unable
     to manage its growth effectively, its business, operating results and
     financial condition could be adversely affected.  See "Business--Strategy"
     and "Management--Directors and Executive Officers."

     GUARANTEED RETURN OBLIGATIONS AND PREPAYMENT RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

        
          The Company has financed the acquisition of existing adult living
     communities it operates by arranging for the private placement of limited
     partnership interests in Investing Partnerships and intends to continue
     this practice for all of its future acquisitions of existing adult living
     communities.  The limited partners typically agree to pay their capital
     contributions over a five-year period.  Past offerings have provided, and
     it is anticipated that future offerings will provide, that the limited
     partners will receive guaranteed distributions during each of the first
     five years of their investment equal to between 11% to 12% of their then
     paid-in scheduled capital contributions.  Pursuant to the management
     contracts with the Owning Partnerships, the Company is required to pay to
     the Owning Partnerships, and the Owning Partnerships distribute to the
     Investing Partnerships for distribution to limited partners, amounts
     sufficient to fund any part of such guaranteed return not paid from cash
     flow from the related property.  During the fiscal year ended January 31,
     1996 and the six months ended July 31, 1996, the Company paid approximately
     $1,025,000 and $2,202,000, respectively, with respect to guaranteed return
     obligations.  The increase in the amount the Company paid with respect to
     guaranteed return obligations in the six month period ended July 31, 1996
     is due to an increase in debt service payments due to the refinancing of a
     number of its adult living communities, an acceleration of the maintenance
     and repairs of various adult living communities, and the establishment of
     capital improvement reserves pursuant to the terms of the newly refinanced
     loans, which reduced the cashflow and incentive management fees these
     properties generate and is offset and exceeded by an increase in interest
     income received by the Company during the six months ended July 31, 1996,
     which was also the result of such refinancings.  The refinancings resulted
     in the return of over $43 million of capital to limited partners, which
     reduced the amount of capital upon which the Company is obligated to make
     payments in respect of guaranteed returns.  The refinancings also resulted
     in increased debt service payments by the Owning Partnerships which own the
     refinanced adult living communities.  These debt service payments reduced
     the cash flow available to pay the guaranteed return to limited partners
     during the six months ended July 31, 1996.  The decrease in available cash
     flow exceeded the reduction in the guaranteed return obligations and,
     therefore, increased the amount required to be paid by the Company with
     respect to such guaranteed return obligations.  The aggregate amount which
     the
          
                                          10


     <PAGE>

        
     Company will be required to pay with respect to guaranteed return
     obligations will depend upon a number of factors, including, among others,
     the expiration of such obligations for certain partnerships, the cash flow
     generated by the properties the Company currently operates, the terms of
     future offerings by Investing Partnerships and the cash flow to be
     generated by the related properties.  Based upon its estimates of these
     factors, which estimates may vary materially from actual results, the
     Company anticipates that for at least the next two years, the aggregate
     guaranteed return obligations with respect to existing and future Investing
     Partnerships will exceed the aggregate cash flow generated by the related
     properties, which will result in the need to utilize cash generated by the
     Company to meet guaranteed return obligations.  The aggregate amount of
     guaranteed return obligations for each of the fiscal years 1996 through
     2001 based on existing management contracts is $5,901,000, $13,396,000,
     $11,306,000, $11,809,000, $9,173,000 and $3,897,000, respectively.  Such
     amounts of guaranteed return obligation are calculated based upon paid-in
     capital contributions of limited partners as of July 31, 1996 and remaining
     scheduled capital contributions.  Actual amounts of guaranteed return
     obligations in respect of such contracts will vary based upon the timing
     and amount of such capital contributions.  Furthermore, such amounts of
     guaranteed return obligations are calculated without regard to the cash
     flow the related properties will generate that can be used to offset such
     obligation.
         

          To the extent that the Company must expend funds to meet its
     guaranteed return obligations, the Company will have fewer funds available
     to utilize for other business purposes, including funds for application to
     its new development plan, to meet other liquidity and capital resource
     commitments and for dividends, if any.  The Company will attempt to
     structure future offerings by Investing Partnerships to minimize the
     likelihood that it will be required to utilize the cash it generates to pay
     guaranteed returns, but there can be no assurance that this will be the
     case.  In the past, limited partners have been allowed to prepay capital
     contributions.  These prepayments reduce the recorded value of the
     Company's note receivables and reduce interest income received by the
     Company.  Pursuant to the terms of offerings, the Company, as the general
     partner of each Investing Partnership, has the option not to accept future
     prepayments by limited partners of capital contributions.  The Company has
     not determined whether it will continue to accept prepayments by limited
     partners of capital contributions.  In addition, by financing the
     acquisition of existing adult living communities through, and acting as the
     general partner of, partnerships, the potential exists for claims by
     limited partners for violations of the terms of the partnership or guaranty
     agreements and of applicable federal and state securities and blue sky laws
     and regulations.

        
          The Company's obligations with respect to guaranteed returns are
     contractual obligations of the Company to make payments under the
     management contracts to the Owning Partnerships.  In general, the accrual
     of expenses arising from obligations of the  Company, including such
     obligations under the management contracts, reduces the amount of earnings
     that might otherwise be available for distribution to stockholders.  As
     described under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
     Condition and Results of Operations--Overview--Deferred Income Earned",
     the Company has deferred income on sales of interests in Owning
     Partnerships in respect of such obligations.  As a result of such
     deferrals, the revenues relating to sales are reduced and actual payments
     of such obligations will generally not result in the recognition of expense
     unless the underlying property's cash flows are less than anticipated and,
     as a result thereof, the amount paid by the Company in respect of the
     guaranteed return obligations is greater than the amount assumed in
     establishing the amount of such deferred income.  If the underlying
     property's cash flow is greater than the amount utilized in determining
     deferred income, the Company's earnings will be enhanced by the recognition
     of deferred income earned and, to the extent cash flow exceeds guaranteed
     returns, management fees.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Revenues," "--Liquidity and
     Capital Resources" and "Business--Partnership Offerings."
         

     PROPERTY ENCUMBERED WITH MORTGAGE FINANCING

        
          The adult living communities currently operated by the Company are
     generally encumbered with mortgage financing.  While these mortgage loans
     are obligations of the Owning Partnerships rather than direct obligations
     of the Company, the Company typically provides a guaranty of certain
     obligations under the mortgages including, for example, any costs incurred
     for the correction of hazardous environmental conditions.  As of July 31,
     1996, the aggregate principal amount of the mortgage debt of the Owning
     Partnerships was approximately $148.3 million and the aggregate annual debt
     service obligations, excluding any balloon amounts payable at maturity, was
     approximately 
         

                                          11

     <PAGE>

        
     $13.1 million.  Most of this debt contains provisions which limit the
     ability of the respective Owning Partnerships to further encumber the
     property.  Through January 31, 2001, approximately $89.0 million of balloon
     payments under the mortgages will become due and payable.  The Company
     anticipates that the Owning Partnerships will make these balloon payments
     by refinancing the mortgages on their respective properties.  The debt
     service payments on such mortgage debt reduces the cash flow available for
     distribution by partnerships to limited partners who are typically
     guaranteed an annual distribution of between 11% and 12% of their paid-in
     capital during the first five years of any partnership, to the extent not
     paid from cash flow from the related property.  The Company anticipates
     that it will continue to finance its future acquisitions of existing adult
     living communities through mortgage financing and partnership offerings. 
     The Company intends to finance its development of adult living communities
     through mortgage financing and other types of financing, including long-
     term operating leases arising through sale/leaseback transactions.  The
     financing of Company-developed communities will be direct obligations of
     the Company and, accordingly, the amount of mortgage indebtedness is
     expected to increase and the Company expects to have substantial debt
     service and annual lease payment requirements in the future as the Company
     pursues its growth strategy.  As a result, a substantial portion of the
     Company's cash flow will be devoted to debt service and fixed lease
     payments.  There can be no assurance that the Company will generate
     sufficient cash flow from operations to pay its interest and principal
     obligations on its mortgage debt or to make its lease payments.  In
     addition, the Company arranged for the sale of limited partnership
     interests in two partnerships organized to make second mortgage loans to
     the Company to fund approximately 20% of the costs of developing three new
     adult living communities.
         

        
          The formation of the Company pursuant to the merger into the Company
     of various affiliated corporations and asset transfers resulted in defaults
     under approximately $11.8 million aggregate principal amount of mortgage
     debt of Owning Partnerships.  None of the lenders have commenced any action
     to pursue remedies in respect of such debt.  The Company is currently
     working with the lenders of such debt on amendments to the underlying debt
     instruments which would give effect to the formation of the Company and
     waive any such defaults.  Although the  Company believes that all such
     defaults will be waived, there can be no assurance that this will be the
     case.  If any required waiver could not be obtained, the Company would seek
     to cause such debt to be refinanced.  In the event that the lender of such
     debt accelerated such debt, sought to foreclose on the properties secured
     by such debt or commenced other remedies, such Owning Partnerships and the
     Company's business, operating results and financial condition could be
     adversely affected.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
     Condition and Results of Operation--Liquidity and Capital Resources,"
     "Business--Partnership Offerings" and Note 2 of Notes to the Company's
     Consolidated Financial Statements.
         

        
     EXISTING DEFAULTS AND BANKRUPTCIES OF OWNING PARTNERSHIPS
         

        
          The Company holds promissory notes ("Purchase Notes") from Investing
     Partnerships which were formed to acquire controlling interests in Owning
     Partnerships which own adult living properties ("Adult Living Notes") and
     Purchase Notes from Investing Partnerships which were formed to acquire
     controlling interests in Owning Partnerships which own multi-family
     properties ("Multi-Family Notes"). Because the Adult Living Notes are
     recorded on the Company's financial statements net of loans from the
     Investing Partnerships (which loans represent the proceeds of investor note
     prepayments), all but $2.2 million of the $176.5 million of "Notes and
     Accrued Interest Receivable," and all but approximately $500,000 of the
     $54.0 million of "Other Receivables" recorded on the Company's Consolidated
     Balance Sheet as of July 31, 1996 relate to Multi-Family Notes.  (See
     Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements.)   The Company holds 169
     Multi-Family Notes which are secured by controlling interests in 126 multi-
     family properties (the "Multi-Family Properties").  The Company is not a
     partner in any of the Owning Partnerships which own Multi-Family Properties
     or in any of the corresponding Investing Partnerships.
         

        
          Twenty-seven of the 126 Multi-Family Properties are in default on
     their respective mortgages.  Thirty-six Multi-Family Notes are secured by
     controlling interests in these 27 properties, which have a recorded value,
     when combined with the "Other Receivables" relating to said properties, of
     $72.9 million.  The Owning Partnerships that own these 27 properties have
     been negotiating with the respective mortgage lenders and, in some cases,
     have obtained workout agreements pursuant to which the lenders generally
     agree during the term of the agreement not to take any action regarding the
     mortgage default and to accept reduced debt service payments for a period
     of time,
         

                                          12


     <PAGE>

        
     with the goal of increasing property cash flow to enable the property to
     fully service its mortgage.  Seven of these Owning Partnerships have filed
     petitions seeking protection from foreclosure actions under Chapter 11 of
     the U.S. Bankruptcy Code ("Chapter 11 Petitions") and the Company
     anticipates that in the near future two additional Owning Partnerships will
     similarly seek such protection by filing Chapter 11 Petitions (said nine
     Owning Partnerships are, collectively, the "Protected Partnerships").  The
     aggregate "Notes and Accrued Interest Receivable" and "Other Receivables"
     relating to the nine Multi-Family Notes whose nine related Investing
     Partnerships own interests in the Protected Partnerships was $24.1 million.
         

        
          In order to support the recorded value of these nine Multi-Family
     Notes, the Selling Stockholders and one of their affiliates have assigned
     certain interests they own personally in various partnerships that own
     multi-family properties (the "Assigned Interests") to these nine Investing
     Partnerships, which Assigned Interests provide additional security for the
     related nine Multi-Family Notes.  In that the appraised value of the
     Assigned Interests is approximately equal to the previous recorded value of
     the Investing Partnerships' interests in the Protected Partnerships (which
     are deemed to have no value due to the filing of the Chapter 11 Petitions),
     the filing of these petitions by the Protected Partnerships has not
     resulted in a reduction of the recorded value on the Company's financial
     statements of these Multi-Family Notes.  Each of these nine Investing
     Partnerships will reassign to the Selling Stockholders and their affiliate
     any portions of the Assigned Interests not required to maintain the
     recorded value of its Multi-Family Note after the applicable Protected
     Partnership emerges from its Chapter 11 proceeding.
         
 
        
          It is possible that the other 18 Owning Partnerships that own Multi-
     Family Properties that are in default on their mortgages will file
     Chapter 11 Petitions or take similar actions seeking protection from their
     creditors.  In addition, many of the Multi-Family Properties are dependent
     to varying degrees on Section 8 housing assistance payment contracts with
     the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD"), many
     of which will expire over the next few years.  HUD has introduced various
     initiatives to restructure its housing subsidy programs by increasing
     reliance on prevailing market rents, by reducing spending on future
     Section 8 contracts by, among other things, not renewing expiring contracts
     and by restructuring mortgage debt on those properties where a decline in
     rental revenues is anticipated.  Due to uncertainty regarding the final
     policies that will result from these initiatives and numerous other factors
     that affect each property which can change over time (including the local
     real estate market, the provisions of the mortgage debt encumbering the
     property, prevailing interest rates and the general state of the economy)
     it is impossible for the Company to determine whether these initiatives
     will have an impact on the Multi-Family Properties and, if there is an
     impact, whether the impact will be positive or negative.
         

        
          In view of the foregoing, there can be no assurance that other Owning
     Partnerships that own Multi-Family Properties will not default on their
     mortgages, file Chapter 11 Petitions, and/or lose their properties through
     foreclosure.  Unless the Selling Stockholders contribute additional
     property, and there can be no assurance that they will be willing or able
     to do so, any future filings of Chapter 11 petitions by Owning Partnerships
     that own Multi-Family Properties or the loss of any such property through
     foreclosure would cause the Company to realize a loss equal to the recorded
     value of the applicable Multi-Family Note plus any related advances, net of
     any deferred income recorded for such Multi-Family Note which would reduce
     such loss.  In addition, the Company could be required to realize such a
     loss even in the absence of Chapter 11 Petitions or loss of any such
     property through foreclosure if, at any time in which the Company's
     financial statements are issued, such property is considered impaired under
     applicable accounting rules.  Such losses could result in a default by the
     Company in its covenants under various debt obligations to maintain a
     specified net worth or debt-to-net worth ratio and could adversely affect
     the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.  See
     "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
     Operation   Liquidity and Capital Resources".
         

        
     LIABILITIES ARISING FROM GENERAL PARTNER STATUS
         
 
        
          The Company is a general partner of all but one of the Owning
     Partnerships and the general partner of 22 of 34 Investing Partnerships. 
     The mortgage financing of the adult living communities is without recourse
     to the general credit or assets of the  Company except with respect to
     certain specified obligations, including, for example, costs incurred for
     the correction of hazardous environmental conditions.  However, except for
     such non-recourse obligations, as a general partner, the Company is fully
     liable for all partnership obligations, including those presently
         

                                          13


     <PAGE>

        
     unknown or unobserved, and unknown or future environmental liabilities. 
     The cost of any such obligations or claims, if partially or wholly borne by
     the Company, could adversely affect the Company's business, operating
     results and financial condition.
         

     RIGHT OF PARTNERSHIPS TO TERMINATE MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS

          All of the adult living communities operated by the Company and the
     nursing home operated by the Company are managed by the Company pursuant to
     written management contracts, which generally have a five year term
     coterminous with the Company's guaranty of annual distributions to limited
     partners.  This five-year guaranty obligation has terminated for four of
     the 34 Investing Partnerships.  After the initial five year term, the
     management contracts are automatically renewed each year, but are
     cancelable on 30 to 60 days notice at the election of either the Company or
     the Owning Partnership.  Action can be taken in each partnership by a
     majority in interest of partners on such major matters as the removal of
     the general partners, the request for or approval or disapproval of a sale
     of a property owned by a partnership or other significant actions affecting
     the properties or the partnership.  The Company is the general partner of
     28 of the 29 Owning Partnerships that own the adult living communities and
     the nursing home operated by the Company.  The Company is also the general
     partner of 22 of the 34 Investing Partnerships formed to acquire 98% to 99%
     of the equity interests in said Owning Partnerships.  In these cases,
     termination of the management contracts after their initial five-year terms
     generally would require removal of the Company as general partner of the
     Owning and/or Investing Partnership.  Removing the Company as the general
     partner of an Investing Partnership requires the vote of a majority of the
     holders of limited partner interest and would result in loss of the fee
     income under those contracts.  See "--Conflicts of Interest" and
     "Business--Partnership Offerings."

     LACK OF UNDERWRITER

          This offering will be made, in part, on a "self-underwritten" basis
     and, in part, on a best efforts basis through brokers and dealers.  The
     Company has never engaged in the public sale of its securities, and it has
     no experience in the underwriting of any public securities offerings. 
     Accordingly, there is no prior experience from which investors may judge
     the Company's ability to consummate this offering.  There can be no
     assurance that the Company will be successful in selling the shares of
     Common Stock offered hereby.  See "Plan of Distribution."

     ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

        
          Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
     Stock and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will
     develop or be sustained after the Offering.  The Common Stock has been
     approved for quotation on the NASDAQ National Market, subject to certain
     conditions.  After completion of the Offering, the market price of the
     Common Stock could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to
     various factors and events, including the liquidity of the market for the
     shares of Common Stock, variations in the Company's operating results, new
     statutes or regulations or changes in the interpretation of existing
     statutes or regulations affecting the healthcare industry in general or the
     independent or assisted-living industry in particular.  In addition, the
     stock market in recent years has experienced broad price and volume
     fluctuations that often have been unrelated to the operating performance of
     particular companies.  These market fluctuations also may adversely affect
     the market price of the shares of Common Stock.  See "Plan of
     Distribution."
         

     CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

        
          Messrs. Luciani and Rodin, the Chairman of the Board and President of
     the Company, respectively, and entities controlled by them serve as general
     partners of partnerships directly and indirectly owning multi-family
     properties and on account of such general partner status have personal
     liability for recourse partnership obligations and own small equity
     ownership interests in the partnerships.  The Company held notes,
     aggregating $163.6 million, at July 31, 1996 that are secured by the
     limited partnership interests in such partnerships.  These individuals have
     provided personal guarantees in certain circumstances to obtain mortgage
     financing for certain adult living communities operated by the Company and
     for certain of the Company's Investor Note Debt, and the obligations
         


                                          14


     <PAGE>

     thereunder may continue.  In addition, Messrs. Luciani and Rodin and
     certain employees will devote a portion of their time to overseeing the
     third-party managers of multi-family properties and one adult living
     community in which Messrs. Luciani and Rodin have financial interests but
     the Company does not.  Mr. Luciani devotes approximately 20% of his time to
     such activities and Mr. Rodin devotes approximately 5% of his time to such
     activities, although these amounts can vary from year to year.  These
     activities, ownership interests and general partner interests create actual
     or potential conflicts of interest on the part of these officers.  See
     "Certain Transactions" and Note 10 of Notes to the Company's Consolidated
     Financial Statements.

          The Company is the managing general partner for 28 of the 29 Owning
     Partnerships which own the 30 adult living communities and one nursing home
     which the Company operates.  The general partner of the remaining
     partnership is Terrace Lion Corp., a Missouri corporation whose sole
     officer, director and shareholder is Maurice Barksdale, a consultant to the
     Company.  The Company also is the general partner for 22 of the 34
     Investing Partnerships that own 99% partnership interests in these owning
     partnerships.  In addition, the Company is the managing agent for all of
     the Company's 30 adult living communities and one nursing home.  The
     Company has financed the acquisition of adult living communities through
     the sales of limited partnership interests in the investing partnerships. 
     By serving in all of these capacities, the Company may have conflicts of
     interest in that it has both a duty to act in the best interests of
     partners of various partnerships, including the limited partners of the
     Investing Partnerships, and the desire to maximize earnings for the
     Company's stockholders in the operation of such adult living communities
     and nursing home.  See "Business--Partnership Offerings" and Note 10 of
     Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

          The Company has acquired one adult living community from an existing
     Owning Partnership and has agreed to acquire one adult living community
     from another existing Owning Partnership.  The Company will finance these
     acquisitions using mortgage financing and by arranging for the sale of
     limited partnership interests in new Investing Partnerships.  The Company
     has obtained the consent to these transactions of the limited partners in
     the existing Investing Partnerships that own interests in the Owning
     Partnerships from which the communities will be acquired.  The Company may
     engage in similar transactions in the future.  Potential conflicts of
     interest may exist because of the Company's roles as general partner of
     each of the selling and acquiring Owning Partnerships and of each of the
     acquiring Investing Partnerships and, in some cases, the selling Investing
     Partnerships.

          The Company also may have a conflict of interest in that certain of
     the adult living communities operated by the Company may face direct
     competition from other communities operated by the Company.  Decisions made
     by the Company to benefit one such community may not be beneficial to the
     other, thus exposing the Company to a claim of a breach of fiduciary duty
     by limited partners.  See "Business--Communities."

     DEPENDENCE ON SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND SKILLED PERSONNEL

          The Company depends, and will continue to depend, on the service of
     its principal executive officers.  The loss of the services of one or more
     of them could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operating
     results and financial condition.  Certain of the Company's officers or
     entities controlled by them are general partners of partnerships that own
     or invest in real property and they may be required to devote time to such
     partnerships.  The Company also depends on its ability to attract and
     retain management personnel who will be responsible for the day-to-day
     operations of each of its adult living communities.  If the Company is
     unable to hire qualified management to operate such communities, the
     Company's business, operating results and financial condition could be
     adversely affected.  See "--Conflicts of Interest" and "Management."

     COMPETITION

          The long-term care industry is highly competitive, and the Company
     believes that the assisted-living segment, in particular, will become even
     more competitive in the future.  The Company will be competing with
     numerous other companies providing similar long-term care alternatives such
     as home healthcare agencies, community-based service programs, adult living
     communities and convalescent centers.  The Company expects that, as the
     provision of assisted-living services receives increased attention and the
     number of states providing

                                          15


     <PAGE>

     reimbursement for assisted-living rises, competition will intensify as a
     result of new market entrants.  The Company also faces potential
     competition from skilled-nursing facilities that provide long-term care
     services.  Moreover, in implementing its growth strategy, the Company
     expects to face competition in its efforts to develop and acquire adult
     living communities.  Some of the Company's present and potential
     competitors are significantly larger and have, or may obtain, greater
     financial resources than those of the Company.  Consequently, there can be
     no assurance that the Company will not encounter increased competition in
     the future that could limit its ability to attract residents or expand its
     business and therefore have a material adverse effect on its business,
     operating results and financial condition.  Moreover, if the development of
     new adult living communities outpaces demand for those facilities in
     certain markets, such markets may become saturated.  Such an oversupply of
     such communities could cause the Company to experience decreased occupancy
     and depressed cash flows and operating results.  See "Business--
     Competition."

     STAFFING AND LABOR COSTS

          The Company competes with other providers of independent- and
     assisted-living services with respect to attracting and retaining qualified
     personnel.  The Company also is dependent upon the available labor pool of
     employees.  A shortage of trained or other personnel may require the
     Company to enhance its wage and benefits package in order to compete.  No
     assurance can be given that the Company's labor costs will not increase, or
     that if they do increase, they can be matched by corresponding increases in
     rental or management revenue.  Any significant failure by the Company to
     attract and retain qualified employees, to control its labor costs or to
     match increases in its labor expenses with corresponding increases in
     revenues could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
     operating results and financial condition.  See "Business--Employees."

     DEPENDENCE ON ATTRACTING SENIORS WITH SUFFICIENT RESOURCES TO PAY

          The Company currently, and for the foreseeable future, expects to rely
     primarily on its residents' ability to pay the Company's fees from their
     own or familial financial resources.  Inflation or other circumstances that
     adversely affect the ability of seniors to pay for the Company's services
     could have an adverse effect on the Company.  If the Company encounters
     difficulty in attracting seniors with adequate resources to pay for its
     services, its business, operating results and financial condition could be
     adversely affected.  See "Business--Operations."

     GOVERNMENT REGULATION

          Healthcare is heavily regulated at the Federal, state and local levels
     and represents an area of extensive and frequent regulatory change. 
     Currently no federal rules explicitly define or regulate independent- or
     assisted-living communities.  A number of legislative and regulatory
     initiatives relating to long-term care are proposed or under study at both
     the federal and state levels that, if enacted or adopted, could have an
     adverse effect on the Company's business and operating results.  The
     Company cannot predict whether and to what extent any such legislative or
     regulatory initiative will be enacted or adopted, and therefore cannot
     assess what effect any current or future initiative would have on the
     Company's business and operating results.  Changes in applicable laws and
     new interpretations of existing laws can significantly affect the Company's
     operations, as well as its revenues and expenses.  The Company's adult
     living communities are subject to varying degrees of regulation and
     licensing by local and state health and social service agencies and other
     regulatory authorities specific to their location.  While regulations and
     licensing requirements often vary significantly from state to state, they
     typically relate to fire safety, sanitation, staff training, staffing
     levels and living accommodations such as room size, number of bathrooms and
     ventilation, as well as regulatory requirements relating specifically to
     certain of the Company's health-related services.  The Company's success
     will depend in part on its ability to satisfy such regulations and
     requirements and to acquire and maintain any required licenses.  Federal,
     state and local governments occasionally conduct unannounced
     investigations, audits and reviews to determine whether violations of
     applicable rules and regulations exist.  Devoting management and staff time
     and legal resources to such investigations, as well as any material
     violation by the Company that is discovered in any such investigation,
     audit or review, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
     business and operating results.  See "Business--Strategy" and
     "--Governmental Regulation."

                                          16


     <PAGE>

     CONTROL BY CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS

          Each share of Common Stock is entitled to one vote on all matters
     submitted to a vote of the holders of the Common Stock.  After giving
     effect to this Offering, John Luciani and Bernard M. Rodin will
     collectively beneficially own shares of Common Stock representing
     approximately 88% of the Company's Common Stock if the Minimum Offering is
     sold and approximately 78% of the Company's Common Stock if the Maximum
     Offering is sold.  As a result, they will maintain control over the
     election of a majority of the Company's directors and, thus, over the
     operations and business of the Company as a whole.  In addition, such
     stockholders will have the ability to prevent certain types of material
     transactions, including a change of control of the Company.  The control by
     John Luciani and Bernard M. Rodin over a substantial majority of the
     Company's Common Stock may make the Company a less attractive target for a
     takeover than it otherwise might be, or render more difficult or discourage
     a merger proposal or a tender offer.  See "Principal and Selling
     Stockholders."

     POSSIBLE ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES

          Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances
     and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property
     may be held liable for the costs of removal or remediation of certain
     hazardous or toxic substances, including, without limitation, asbestos-
     containing materials, that could be located on, in or under such property. 
     Such laws and regulations often impose liability whether or not the owner
     or operator knows of, or was responsible for, the presence of the hazardous
     or toxic substances.  The costs of any required remediation or removal of
     these substances could be substantial and the liability of an owner or
     operator as to any property is generally not limited under such laws and
     regulations, and could exceed the property's value and the aggregate assets
     of the owner or operator.  The presence of these substances or failure to
     remediate such substances properly may also adversely affect the owner's
     ability to sell or rent the property, or to borrow using the property as
     collateral.  Under these laws and regulations, an owner, operator or any
     entity who arranges for the disposal of hazardous or toxic substances, such
     as asbestos-containing materials, at a disposal site may also be liable for
     these costs, as well as certain other costs, including governmental fines
     and injuries to persons or properties.  As a result, the presence, with or
     without the Company's knowledge, of hazardous or toxic substances at any
     property held or operated by the Company could have an adverse effect on
     the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.  See
     "Business--Government Regulation."

     GENERAL REAL ESTATE RISKS

          The performance of the Company's adult living communities is
     influenced by factors affecting real estate investments, including the
     general economic climate and local conditions, such as an oversupply of, or
     a reduction in demand for, adult living communities.  Other factors include
     the attractiveness of properties to tenants, zoning, rent control,
     environmental quality regulations or other regulatory restrictions,
     competition from other forms of housing and the ability of the Company to
     provide adequate maintenance and insurance and to control operating costs,
     including maintenance, insurance premiums and real estate taxes.  Real
     estate investments also are affected by such factors as applicable laws,
     including tax laws, interest rates and the availability of financing.  The
     performance of the Company's adult living communities also may be adversely
     affected by energy shortages and the costs attributable thereto, strikes
     and other work stoppages by employees of the adult living communities,
     damage to or destruction of the adult living communities, various
     catastrophic or other uninsurable losses and defaults by a substantial
     number of tenants under their leases.  The potential for operating losses
     and the risk of development delays and cost overruns have been previously
     described.  In addition, real estate investments are relatively illiquid
     and, therefore, limit the ability of the Company to vary its portfolio
     promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions.  

                                          17


     <PAGE>

     RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY LAWS BENEFITING DISABLED PERSONS

          Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the "ADA"), all
     places of public accommodation are required to meet certain federal
     requirements related to access and use by disabled persons.  A number of
     additional Federal, state and local laws exist which also may require
     modifications to existing and planned properties to create access to the
     properties by disabled persons.  While the Company believes that its
     properties are substantially in compliance with present requirements or are
     exempt therefrom, if required changes involve a greater expenditure than
     anticipated or must be made on a more accelerated basis than anticipated,
     additional costs would be incurred by the Company.  Further legislation may
     impose additional burdens or restrictions with respect to access by
     disabled persons, the costs of compliance with which could be substantial. 
     See "Business--Government Regulation."

     LIABILITY AND INSURANCE

          The Company's business entails an inherent risk of liability.  In
     recent years, participants in the long-term care industry have become
     subject to an increasing number of lawsuits alleging malpractice or related
     legal claims, many of which seek large amounts and result in significant
     legal costs.  The Company expects that from time to time it will be subject
     to such suits as a result of the nature of its business.  The Company
     currently maintains insurance policies in amounts and with such coverage
     and deductibles as it deems appropriate, based on the nature and risks of
     its business, historical experience and industry standards.  There can be
     no assurance, however, that claims in excess of the Company's insurance
     coverage or claims not covered by the Company's insurance coverage will not
     arise.  A successful claim against the Company not covered by, or in excess
     of, the Company's insurance could have a material adverse effect on the
     Company's operating results and financial condition.  Claims against the
     Company, regardless of their merit or eventual outcome, may also have a
     material adverse effect on the Company's ability to attract residents or
     expand its business and would require management to devote time to matters
     unrelated to the operation of the Company's business.  In addition, the
     Company's insurance policies must be renewed annually, and there can be no
     assurance that the Company will be able to obtain liability insurance
     coverage in the future or, if available, that such coverage will be on
     acceptable terms.  See "Business--Legal Proceedings."

     UNILATERAL DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

          The public offering price of the shares was determined unilaterally by
     the Company and has not been negotiated by underwriters or other third
     parties.  Among the factors considered by the Company in determining the
     price were the history of, and the prospects for, the Company and the
     industry in which it competes, its past and present operations, its past
     and present earnings and the trend of such earnings, the present state of
     the Company's development, the general condition of the securities markets
     at the time of this offering and the recent market prices of publicly
     traded common stocks of comparable companies.  There can be no assurance
     that the Shares can be resold at the offering price, if at all.  Purchasers
     of the Shares will be exposed to a substantial risk of a decline in the
     market price of the Common Stock after the offering, if a market develops. 
     See "Plan of Distribution."

     POLICY NOT TO PAY DIVIDENDS AND POTENTIAL LIMITATIONS ON ABILITY TO PAY
     DIVIDENDS

        
          The Company does not anticipate paying dividends subsequent to July
     31, 1996.  It is the present policy of the Company's Board of Directors to
     retain earnings, if any, to finance the expansion of the Company's
     business.  The payment of dividends in the future will depend on the
     results of operations, financial condition, capital expenditure plans and
     other cash obligations of the Company and will be at the sole discretion of
     the Board of Directors.  In addition, certain provisions of future
     indebtedness of the Company may prohibit or limit the Company's ability to
     pay dividends.  See "Dividend Policy" and "Management's Discussion and
     Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and
     Capital Resources."
         

                                          18


     <PAGE>

     DISCRETIONARY USE OF PROCEEDS

        
          The Company intends to use all of its net proceeds from the Offering
     to finance the development of new adult living communities except for
     approximately $3 million which the Company intends to use for working
     capital and general corporate purposes.  However, since the Company has
     not, to date, entered into any substantial commitments of capital resources
     to develop such communities, delays or difficulties in project development
     could cause the Company to use such net proceeds to acquire existing adult
     living communities and for general corporate purposes.  The Company's
     management will, therefore, retain broad discretion in allocating all of
     the net proceeds of the Offering.  See "Use of Proceeds."
         

     ANTI-TAKEOVER CONSIDERATIONS

          The Company's Board of Directors (the "Board of Directors") has the
     authority, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to 1,000,000
     shares of Preferred Stock par value $.0001 per share (the "Preferred
     Stock"), and to fix the rights and preferences of such shares.  This
     authority, together with certain provisions in the Company's Restated
     Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate") and By-Laws (including
     provisions that limit stockholder ability to call a stockholders meeting or
     to remove directors and require a two-thirds vote of stockholders for
     amendment of certain provisions of the Certificate or approval of certain
     business combinations), may delay, deter or prevent a change in control of
     the Company, may discourage bids for the Common Stock at a premium over the
     market price of the Common Stock and may adversely affect the market price
     of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, the Common Stock. 
     See "Description of Capital Stock."

     IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION

        
          The existing stockholders of the Company acquired their shares of
     Common Stock at an average cost substantially below the assumed initial
     public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. 
     Therefore, purchasers of Common Stock in the Offering will experience
     immediate and substantial dilution, which, assuming an initial public
     offering price of $18.00 per share, will be $13.86 per share assuming the
     Minimum Offering and $12.62 per share assuming the Maximum Offering.  See
     "Dilution." 
         

     SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Sales of substantial amounts of shares of Common Stock in the public
     market after the Offering or the perception that such sales could occur
     could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock and the
     Company's ability to raise equity.  Upon completion of the Offering, the
     Company will have 11,250,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding assuming
     the Minimum Offering and 12,500,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding
     assuming the Maximum Offering.  Of the shares outstanding after this
     Offering, all shares sold in the Offering will be freely tradable without
     restriction or limitation under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
     "Securities Act"), except for any shares purchased by "affiliates" of the
     Company, as such term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the
     Securities Act.  The remaining shares are "restricted securities" within
     the meaning of Rule 144.  Such restricted securities may be sold subject to
     the limitations of Rule 144.  Furthermore, the Company intends to register
     approximately 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
     pursuant to the Company's stock option plans.  See "Shares Eligible for
     Future Sale."

                                   USE OF PROCEEDS

        
          The net proceeds to the Company from the Offering, after deducting
     estimated commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company, are
     estimated to be approximately $40.0 million if the Maximum Offering is
     completed and $19.3 million if the Minimum Offering is completed.  The
     Company intends to use all of its net proceeds to finance the development
     of new adult living communities except for approximately $3 million which
     the Company intends to use for working capital and general corporate
     purposes.  However, since the Company has not, to date, entered into any
     substantial commitments of capital resources to develop such communities,
     delays or difficulties in project development could cause the Company to
     use such net proceeds to acquire existing adult living communities and for
     general corporate purposes.  The Company anticipates that most of the
     construction loans it obtains to finance the development and lease-up costs
     of the new adult living communities will fund between 75%
         

                                          19


     <PAGE>

     to 80% of such costs, requiring the Company to contribute 20% to 25% of
     such costs.  The Company arranged for the sale of limited partnership
     interests in two partnerships organized to make second mortgage loans to
     the  Company to fund approximately 20% of the costs of developing three new
     adult living communities.  The Company will use its net proceeds of the
     Offering (above the approximately $3 million to be used for working capital
     and general corporate purposes) plus funds generated by its operations to
     fund the 20% to 25% of development costs not provided by construction
     loans.  To the extent the Company does not sell sufficient shares of Common
     Stock to complete the maximum offering, the Company may seek to obtain
     construction financing from other sources which do not require such levels
     of equity contributions from the developer, engage in refinancings of newly
     developed adult living communities that have reached stabilized occupancy
     or issue additional debt to generate additional funds to continue its
     development program.  See "Business--Strategy".

          Pending the uses outlined above, funds will be placed into short term
     investments such as governmental obligations, bank certificates of deposit,
     banker's acceptances, repurchase agreements, short term debt obligations,
     money market funds, and interest bearing accounts.  The Company will not
     receive any proceeds from the sale of any shares by the Selling
     Stockholders.

                                   DIVIDEND POLICY

        
          The Company does not anticipate paying dividends subsequent to
     July 31, 1996.  It is the present policy of the Company's Board of
     Directors to retain earnings, if any, to finance the expansion of the
     Company's business.  The payment of dividends in the future will depend on
     the results of operations, financial condition, capital expenditure plans
     and other cash obligations of the Company and will be at the sole
     discretion of the Board of Directors.  In addition, certain provisions of
     proposed and future indebtedness of the Company may prohibit or limit the
     Company's ability to pay dividends.  During fiscal 1994, fiscal 1995 and
     the six months ended July 31, 1996, the Company's predecessors paid
     dividends and other distributions of $1,886,000, $1,700,000, and $900,000,
     respectively, exclusive of amounts reflected as officers' compensation. 
     See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
     Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Certain
     Transactions."
         

                                          20


     <PAGE>

                                    CAPITALIZATION

        
          The following table sets forth the actual consolidated capitalization
     of the Company at July 31, 1996, and as adjusted to reflect (i) the sale of
     the minimum number of shares of Common Stock by the Company in this
     offering and (ii) the application of the estimated net proceeds thereof. 
     The table should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated
     Financial Statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in
     this Prospectus.  See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion and
     Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
         

        
                                                AS OF JULY 31, 1996
                                              -----------------------
                                                          AS ADJUSTED
                                                            MINIMUM
                                              ACTUAL       OFFERING    
                                              ------       --------
                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                  --------------

     Bank Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $30,740       $30,740

     Other debt, principally debentures  . .  101,891       101,891

     Stockholders' equity:
       Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value;
        1,000,000 shares authorized; none
        issued and outstanding . . . . . . .       --            --    

       Common Stock, $.01 par value;
        20,000,000 shares authorized;
        10,000,000 shares issued and
        outstanding; 11,250,000 shares
        issued and outstanding as adjusted
        for Minimum Offering (1) . . . . . .      100           113

       Accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . .     (405)         (405)

                                               35,817        55,144
       Additional paid-in capital (1)  . . .   ------        ------

                                               35,512        54,852
           Total stockholders' equity  . . .   ------        ------

                                             $168,143      $187,483
             Total capitalization  . . . . . ========      ========
          
    
     (1)  Gives effect to a 1,084.1-for-1 stock split and reduction in par value
          from $.10 to $.01 which will occur upon the closing of the Offering. 
          Does not include 1,250,000 shares reserved for issuance under the
          Company's stock option plans.

                                          21


     <PAGE>

                                       DILUTION

        
          The net tangible book value of the Company's Common Stock at July 31,
     1996 was approximately $27,238,000, or $2.72 per share.  Net tangible book
     value per share is determined by dividing the number of outstanding shares
     of Common Stock  into the net tangible book value of the Company (total net
     assets of $35,512,000 less intangible assets of $8,274,000).  After giving
     effect to the Minimum Offering (based upon an assumed initial public
     offering price of $18.00 per share, and after deduction of commissions and
     estimated offering expenses payable by the Company), the pro forma net
     tangible book value of the Common Stock at July 31, 1996 would have been
     $46,578,000, or $4.14 per share, representing an immediate increase in pro
     forma net tangible book value of $1.42 per share to existing stockholders
     and an immediate dilution of $13.86 per share to new investors.  After
     giving effect to the Maximum Offering (based upon an assumed initial public
     offering price of $18.00 per share and after deduction of commissions and
     estimated offering expenses payable by the Company), pro forma net tangible
     book value of the Common Stock of July 31, 1996 would have been
     $67,278,000, or $5.38 per share, representing an immediate increase in pro
     forma net tangible book value of $2.66 per share to existing shareholders
     and an immediate dilution of $12.62 per share to new investors.  The
     following table illustrates the immediate per share dilution:
         

        
                                                        Minimum     Maximum
                                                       Offering    Offering
                                                       --------    --------
     Assumed initial public offering price per share   $18.00       $18.00

       Net tangible book value per share as of
         July 31, 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2.72         2.72

       Increase per share attributable to new 
         investors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1.42         2.66
                                                        -----        -----
     Pro forma net tangible book value per
      share after offering . . . . . . . . . . . . .     4.14         5.38
                                                        -----        -----
     Net tangible book value dilution per share to
     new investors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $13.86       $12.62
                                                       ======       ======
         

        
          The following tables summarize, on a pro forma basis at July 31, 1996,
     the difference between the number of shares purchased from the Company,
     total consideration paid and the average price paid per share by existing
     stockholders (based upon Total Stockholders' Equity at July 31, 1996) and
     new investors after giving effect to the Minimum Offering and the Maximum
     Offering, respectively:
         
 
                             MINIMUM OFFERING
                             SHARES PURCHASED
                             ----------------
                            NUMBER      PERCENT
                            ------      -------
     Selling
     Stockholders(1) . . .  9,861,111       88
     New investors(1)  . .  1,388,889       12
                           ----------      ---
          Total  . . . . . 11,250,000      100
                           ==========      ===


                                         MINIMUM OFFERING
                                         ----------------
                                      TOTAL CONSIDERATION PAID
                                      ------------------------
                                                                AVERAGE PRICE
                                    AMOUNT           PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                    ------           -------    -------------
        
     Selling Stockholders(1) .   $35,512,000            59          $3.60
     New investors(1)  . . . .    25,000,000            41         $18.00
                                 -----------           ---
       Total . . . . . . . . .   $60,512,000           100
                                 ===========           ===
         

     (1)       Upon completion of the Minimum Offering, the Selling Stockholders
               will own 9,861,111 shares of Common Stock, and the new investors
               will own 1,388,889 shares of Common Stock, representing 100% of
               the outstanding shares of Common Stock.


                                 MAXIMUM OFFERING
                                 ----------------
                                 SHARES PURCHASED
                                 ----------------
                                NUMBER      PERCENT
                                ------      -------
     Selling
     Stockholders(1) . . .    9,722,222        78

     New investors(1)  . .    2,777,778        22
                              ---------       ---
       Total . . . . . . .   12,500,000       100
                             ==========       ===


                                         MAXIMUM OFFERING
                                         ----------------  
                                     TOTAL CONSIDERATION PAID
                                     ------------------------
                                                              AVERAGE PRICE
                                    AMOUNT         PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                    ------         -------    -------------
        
     Selling Stockholders(1) .   $35,512,000          42          $3.65

     New investors(1)  . . . .    50,000,000          58         $18.00
                                 -----------         ---
       Total . . . . . . . . .   $85,512,000         100
                                 ===========         ===
         

     (1)       Upon completion of the Maximum Offering, the Selling Stockholders
               will own 9,722,222 shares of Common Stock, and the new investors
               will own 2,777,778 shares of Common Stock, representing 100% of
               the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

                                          22


     <PAGE>

                         SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

                 (in thousands, except per share data and other data)

               The following selected consolidated financial data, except as
     noted herein, have been taken or derived from the Company's consolidated
     financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the
     consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included
     herein.  The results of operations for an interim period have been prepared
     on the same basis as the year end financial statements and, in the opinion
     of management, contain all adjustments, consisting of only normally
     recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of
     operations for such period.  The results of operations for an interim
     period may not give a true indication of results for the full year.  See 
     "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
     Operations."

        
                                            YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                   1992      1993      1994      1995     1996
                                   ----      ----      ----      ----     ----
     STATEMENT OF
      OPERATIONS DATA:
     Revenues:
       Sales . . . . . . . . . $ 23,088  $ 24,654  $ 29,461  $ 29,000  $ 41,407
       Deferred income earned       253       792     6,668     3,518     9,140
       Interest income . . . .   25,584    13,209    13,315     9,503    12,689
       Property management
        fees from related
        parties  . . . . . . .      449       584     4,124     4,516     4,666
       Other income  . . . . .       --        --        --        --     1,013
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
                                 49,374    39,239    53,568    46,537    68,915
                                -------   -------   -------    ------   -------
     Costs and expenses:
       Cost of sales . . . . .   15,983    14,685    26,548    21,249    27,112
       Selling . . . . . . . .    6,256     7,027     6,706     6,002     7,664
       Interest  . . . . . . .   14,021    11,874    10,991    13,610    15,808
       General and
        administrative . . . .    5,836     5,617     5,271     6,688     8,475
       Officers'
        Compensation(1)  . . .    1,200     1,200     1,200     1,200     1,200
       Depreciation and             412       975     1,433     2,290     2,620
        amortization . . . . .  -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
                                 43,708    41,378    52,149    51,039    62,879
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
     Income (loss) before
      provision for income
      taxes  . . . . . . . . .    5,666    (2,139)    1,419    (4,502)    6,036

     Provision for income
      taxes  . . . . . . . . .       --       --         --        --        --
                                -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
     Net income (loss)            5,666    (2,139)    1,419    (4,502)    6,036

     Pro-forma income tax         2,266      (856)      568    (1,801)    2,414
      provisions (benefit)(2)   -------   -------   -------   -------    ------

     Pro-forma net income       $ 3,400   $ 1,283   $   851   $(2,701)   $3,622
      (loss)(2)  . . . . . . .  =======   =======   =======   =======    ======

     Pro-forma earnings (loss)  $   .34   $  (.13)  $   .09   $  (.27)   $  .36
     per common share(2) . . .  =======   =======   =======   =======    ======

     Weighted average common     10,000    10,000    10,000    10,000    10,000
      shares used  . . . . . .  =======   =======   =======   =======   =======

     Other Data:

       Adult living 
        communities 
        operated (end of              9        14        18        24       28
        period)  . . . . . . .  =======   =======   =======   =======  =======

       Number of units (end of    1,639     2,336     2,834     3,683    4,164
         period) . . . . . . .  =======   =======   =======   =======  =======

      Average occupancy           83.3%     90.6%     90.4%     89.3%    94.7%
         percentage (3)  . . .  =======   =======   =======   =======  =======
         

        
                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                     JULY 31,
                                               -------------------
                                               1995           1996        
                                               ----           ----
     STATEMENT OF
      OPERATIONS DATA:
     Revenues:
       Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $19,991     $18,836
       Deferred income earned  . . . . .         4,570          --
       Interest income . . . . . . . . .         7,030       7,886
       Property management
       fees from related
       parties . . . . . . . . . . . . .         2,890       1,559       
       Other income  . . . . . . . . . .           925          --
                                               -------     -------
                                                35,406      28,281
                                               -------     -------

     Costs and expenses:
       Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . .        14,855       9,323
       Selling . . . . . . . . . . . . .         3,854       3,489
       Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . .         7,891       7,802
       General and administrative  . . .         3,586       4,099
       Officers' Compensation(1) . . . .           600         600
       Depreciation and amortization . .         1,491       1,730
                                              --------     -------
                                                32,277      27,043
                                              --------     -------

     Income (loss) before provision
       for income taxes  . . . . . . . .         3,129       1,238
                                                    --         330
     Provision for income taxes  . . . .      --------     -------
                                                 
     Net income (loss)                           3,129         908

     Pro-forma income tax                        1,252         165
       provisions (benefit)(2) . . . . .       -------     -------

                                                $1,877        $743
     Pro-forma net income (loss)(2)  . .       =======     =======

     Pro-forma earnings (loss) per                $.19        $.07
       common share(2) . . . . . . . . .       =======     =======

     Weighted average common                    10,000      10,000
       shares used . . . . . . . . . . .       =======     =======

     Other Data:

       Adult living communities                     26          30
         operated (end of period)  . . .       =======     =======

       Number of units (end of                   3,777       4,350
         period) . . . . . . . . . . . .       =======     =======

       Average occupancy                         93.0%       92.7%
         percentage (3)  . . . . . . . .       =======     =======
         

                                          23

     <PAGE>


                                              AS OF JANUARY 31,
                                       -------------------------------

                                         1992         1993        1994
                                         ----         ----        ----
     BALANCE SHEET DATA:

       Cash and cash equivalents . .   $  3,477    $  6,455    $  9,335

       Notes and receivables-net . .    230,760     234,115     227,411

       Total assets  . . . . . . . .    241,691     251,118     249,203

       Total liabilities . . . . . .    191,234     203,990     211,647

       Stockholders' equity  . . . .     50,457      47,128      37,556




        
                                         AS OF JANUARY 31,       AS OF JULY 31,
                                         ------------------      --------------
                                           1995        1996           1996
                                           ----        ----           ----

     BALANCE SHEET DATA:

       Cash and cash equivalents . . .    $ 10,950   $ 17,961      $   7,190

       Notes and receivables-net . . .     220,014    223,736        226,044

       Total assets  . . . . . . . . .     249,047    260,742        254,364

       Total liabilities . . . . . . .     217,879    225,238        218,852

       Stockholders' equity  . . . . .      31,168     35,504         35,512
         

     --------------

        
     (1)       John Luciani and Bernard M. Rodin, the Chairman of the Board and
               President, respectively, of the Company received dividends and
               distributions from the Company's predecessors but did not receive
               compensation.  Officers' Compensation is based upon the aggregate
               compensation currently received by such officers, $600,000 a year
               for each such officer.  Amounts received by such officers in
               excess of such amounts are treated as dividends for purposes of
               the Company's financial statements.  In the first six months of
               fiscal 1996, such officers also received $450,000 each as a
               dividend.  See "Management."
         

     (2)       The Company's predecessors were Sub-chapter S corporations and a
               partnership.  The pro forma statement of operations data reflects
               provisions for federal and state income taxes as if the Company
               had been subject to federal and state income taxation as a C
               corporation during each of the periods presented.

     (3)       Average occupancy percentages were determined by adding all of
               the occupancy percentages of the individual communities and
               dividing that number by the total number of communities.  The
               average occupancy percentage for each particular community was
               determined by dividing the number of occupied apartment units in
               the particular community on the given date by the total number of
               apartment units in the particular community.


                                          24

     <PAGE>

                       MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                    FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     OVERVIEW

        
          The Company is a fully integrated provider of adult living
     accommodations and services which acquires, finances, develops and manages
     adult living communities.  The Company's revenues have been, and are
     expected to continue to be, primarily derived from sales of partnership
     interests in partnerships it organizes to finance the acquisition of
     existing adult living communities.  The Company manages such adult living
     communities and, as a result, is one of the largest operators of adult
     living communities in the United States, operating communities offering
     both independent and assisted living services.  The Company currently
     operates 30 adult living communities containing 4,350 apartment units in 11
     states in the Sun Belt and the Mid-West.  The Company also operates one 60-
     bed skilled nursing facility.  To the extent that the development plan
     described below is successfully implemented, the Company anticipates that
     the percentage of its revenues derived from sales of partnership interests
     would decrease and that the percentage of revenues derived from newly
     constructed communities would increase.
         

          The Company was formed pursuant to the merger of various Sub-
     Chapter S corporations which were wholly owned by the Selling Stockholders
     and the transfer of certain assets by and assumption of certain liabilities
     of (i) a partnership that was wholly owned by the Selling Stockholders and
     (ii) the Selling Stockholders individually.  In exchange for the transfer
     of such stock and assets, the Selling Stockholders received shares of the
     Company's Common Stock.  These transactions are collectively called the
     "reorganization".  All of the assets and liabilities of the reorganization
     were transferred at historical cost.  The reorganization was effective as
     of April 1, 1996.  Prior to the reorganization, the various Sub-chapter S
     corporations and the partnership, which were wholly-owned by the Selling
     Stockholders were historically reported on a combined basis.

        
         
  
        
          Historically, the Company has financed the acquisition and
     development of multi-family and adult living communities by utilizing
     mortgage financing and by arranging for the sale of limited partnership
     interests.  The Company is the general partner of all but one of the
     partnerships that owns the adult living communities in the Company s
     portfolio and the Company manages all of the adult living communities in
     its portfolio.  The Company has a participation in the cash flow, sale
     proceeds and refinancing proceeds of the properties after certain priority
     payments to the limited partners.  The existing adult living communities
     managed by the Company are not owned by the Company.  Future revenues, if
     any, of the Company relating to such communities would primarily arise in
     the form of (i) deferred income earned on sales of interests in the Owning
     Partnerships for such communities, (ii) management fees and (iii) amounts
     payable by the Investing Partnerships to the Company in the event of the
     subsequent sale or refinancing of such communities.  The Company intends to
     continue to finance its future acquisitions of existing adult living
     communities by utilizing mortgage financing and by arranging for the sale
     of partnership interests, and anticipates acquiring four to eight such
     communities during the next two years.  The Company has entered into
     contracts to acquire an adult living community in Morristown, Tennessee
     containing 180 apartment units, an adult living community in Tampa, Florida
     containing 164 apartment units and two adult living communities in Sparks,
     Nevada containing 92 apartment units and 64 apartment units, respectively. 
     In addition, the Company has acquired one adult living community from an
     existing Owning Partnership and has agreed to acquire one adult living
     community from another existing owning partnership, and may engage in other
     similar transactions.
         

          The Company has adopted a development plan pursuant to which it
     intends to construct between 18 and 24 adult living communities during the
     next two years containing between 2,268 and 3,408 apartment units.  The
     Company plans to own or operate pursuant to long-term leases or similar
     arrangements the adult living communities that will be developed under the
     plan.  The Company will use proceeds of this Offering, mortgage financing
     and long-term leases or similar arrangements to finance the development,
     construction and initial operating costs.

                                         25


     <PAGE>

          The Company derives its revenues from sales of interests in adult
     living real estate limited partnerships, recognition of deferred income
     with respect to such partnerships, interest on notes received by the
     Company from such partnerships as part of the purchase price for the sale
     of interests, and property management fees received by the Company:

     .    Sales.  Sales of interests in adult living real estate partnerships
     are recognized when the profit on the transaction is determinable, that is,
     the collectibility of the sales price is reasonably assured and the
     earnings process is virtually complete.  The Company determines the
     collectibility of the sales price by evidence supporting the buyers'
     substantial initial and continuing investment in the adult living
     communities as well as other factors such as age, location and cash flow of
     the underlying property.

        
     .    Deferred Income Earned.  The Company has deferred income on sales to
     Investing Partnerships of interests in Owning Partnerships.  The Company
     has arranged for the private placement of limited partnership interests in
     Investing Partnerships.  Offerings of interests in Investing Partnerships
     which were formed to acquire controlling interests in Owning Partnerships
     which own adult living properties ("Adult Living Owning Partnerships")
     provide that the limited partners will receive guaranteed distributions
     during each of the first five years of their investment equal to between
     11% to 12% of their then paid-in capital contributions.  Pursuant to
     management contracts with the Adult Living Owning Partnerships, the Company
     is required to pay to the Adult Living Owning Partnerships, and the Adult
     Living Owning Partnerships distribute to the Investing Partnership for
     distribution to limited partners, amounts sufficient to fund any part of
     such guaranteed return not paid from cash flow from the related property. 
     The amount of deferred income for each property is calculated at the
     beginning of each fiscal year in a multi-step process.  First, based on the
     property's cash flow in the previous fiscal year, the probable cash flow
     for the property for the current fiscal year is determined and that amount
     is initially assumed to be constant for each remaining year of the guaranty
     period (the "Initial Cash Flow").  The Initial Cash Flow is then compared
     to the guaranteed return obligation for the property for each remaining
     year of the guaranty period.  If the Initial Cash Flow exceeds the
     guaranteed return obligation for any fiscal year, the excess Initial Cash
     Flow is added to the assumed Initial Cash Flow for the following fiscal
     year and this adjusted Initial Cash Flow is then compared to the guaranteed
     return obligation for said following fiscal year.  If the Initial Cash Flow
     is less than the guaranteed return obligation for any fiscal year, a
     deferred income liability is created in an amount equal to such shortfall
     and no adjustment is made to the Initial Cash Flow for the following year. 
     As this process is performed for each property every year, changes in a
     property's actual cash flow will result in changes to the assumed Initial
     Cash Flow utilized in this process and will result in increases or
     decreases to the deferred income liability for the property.  Any deferred
     income liability created in the year the interest in the Owning Partnership
     is sold reduces revenues relating to the sale.  The payment of the
     guaranteed obligations, however, will generally not result in the
     recognition of expense unless the property's actual cash flow for the year
     is less than the Initial Cash Flow for the year, as adjusted, and as a
     result thereof, the amount paid by the Company in respect of the guaranteed
     return obligations is greater than the amount assumed in establishing the
     deferred income liability.  If, however, the property's actual cash flow is
     greater than the Initial Cash Flow for the year, as adjusted, the Company's
     earnings will be enhanced by the recognition of deferred income earned and,
     to the extent cash flow exceeds guaranteed returns, management fees.  The
     Company accounts for the sales of controlling interests in Owning
     Partnerships which own multi-family properties ("Multi-Family Owning
     Partnerships") under the installment method.  Under the installment method
     the gross profit is determined at the time of sale.  The revenue recorded
     in any given year would equal the cash collections multiplied by the gross
     profit percentage.  The Company has deferred all future income to be
     recognized on these transactions.  Losses on these properties are
     recognized immediately upon sale.  Sales of controlling interests in Multi-
     Family Owning Partnerships account for 87% of Company's deferred income.
         

     .    Interest Income.  The Company has note receivables from Investing
     Partnerships which were formed to acquire interests in Owning Partnerships
     which own adult living communities.  Such notes generally have interest
     rates ranging from 11% to 13.875% per annum and are due in installments
     over five years from the date the Investing Partnership acquired its
     interest in the Owning Partnership.  The notes represent senior
     indebtedness of the related limited partnership and are collateralized by
     Investing Partnership's interest in the Owning Partnership that owns


                                          26


     <PAGE>

     the related adult living community.  These properties are generally
     encumbered by mortgages.  The mortgages generally bear interest at rates
     ranging from 8% to 9.5% per annum.  The mortgages are generally
     collateralized by a mortgage lien on the related adult living communities.
     Principal and interest payments on each note are also collateralized by the
     investor notes payable to the Investing Partnership to which the limited
     partners are admitted.

          The Company also has note receivables from limited partnerships which
     were formed to acquire controlling interests in multi-family properties. 
     The notes have maturity dates ranging from ten to fifteen years from the
     date the partnership interests were sold.  Several notes have reached their
     final maturity dates and, due to the inability, in view of the current cash
     flows of the properties, to maximize the value of the underlying property
     at such maturity dates, either through a sale or refinancing, these final
     maturity dates have been extended by the Company.  The Company expects that
     it may need to extend maturities of other Multi-family Notes.  The notes
     represent senior indebtedness of the related limited partnership and are
     collateralized by a 99% partnership interest in the partnership that owns
     the related multi-family property.  These properties are encumbered by
     mortgages, which generally bear interest rates ranging from 7% to 12% per
     annum.  The mortgages are collateralized by a mortgage lien on the related
     multi-family property.  Interest payments on each note also are
     collateralized by the investor notes.

     .    Management fees.  Property management fees earned for services
     provided to related parties are recognized as revenue when related services
     have been performed.


     Results of Operation


     . Revenues

        
          Revenues for the three months ended July 31, 1996 were $10.7 million
     compared to $21.7 million for the three months ended July 31, 1995, a
     decrease of $11.0 million or 50.7%.  Revenues for the six months ended July
     31, 1996 were $28.3 million compared to $35.4 million for the six months
     ended July 31, 1995, a decrease of $7.1 million or 20.1%.  Revenues for the
     fiscal year ended January 31, 1996 ("Fiscal 1995") were $68.9 million
     compared to $46.5 million for the year ending January 31, 1995 ("Fiscal
     1994"), representing an increase of $22.4 million or 47.3%. Revenues for
     Fiscal 1994 were $46.5 million compared to $53.6 million for the year ended
     January 31, 1994 ("Fiscal 1993"), representing a decrease of $7.1 million
     or 13.2%.
         

        
          Sales for the three months ended July 31, 1996 were $8.1 million
     compared to $14.2 million for the three months ended July 31, 1995, a
     decrease of $6.1 million or 43.0%.  The decrease is attributable to the
     sale of partnership interests relating to 83% of one adult living community
     in the three months ended July 31, 1996 as compared to two adult living
     communities in the three months ended July 31, 1995.  Sales for the six
     months ended July 31, 1996 were $18.8 million compared to $20.0 million for
     the six months ended July 31, 1995, a decrease of $1.2 million or 6.0%. 
     This decrease is attributable to slightly lower revenue generated from the
     sale of partnership interests relating to three adult living communities in
     the six months ended July 31, 1996 as compared to the sale of partnership
     interests relating to three adult living communities in the six months
     ended July 31, 1995.  Sales for Fiscal 1995 were $41.4 million compared to
     $29.0 million for Fiscal 1994, representing an increase of $12.4 million or
     42.8%. The increase is attributable to the sale of partnership interests
     relating to six adult living communities in Fiscal 1995 compared to four in
     Fiscal 1994. Sales for Fiscal 1994 were $29.0 million compared to $29.5
     million for Fiscal 1993, representing a decrease of $500,000 or 1.7%. In
     both Fiscal 1994 and 1993, the Company arranged for the sale of partnership
     interests relating to four adult living communities. 
         

        
          There was no deferred income earned in the three months ended July
     31, 1996 compared to $2.3 million for the three months ended July 31, 1995,
     a decrease of $2.3 million or 100.0%.  There was no deferred income earned
     in the six months ended July 31, 1996 compared to $4.6 million for the six
     months ended July 31, 1995, a decrease of $4.6 million or 100.0%.  In
     February and March 1996, the Company arranged for the refinancing
         

                                          27


     <PAGE>

        
     of existing mortgages on six adult living communities and initial mortgage
     financing on four adult living communities, which resulted in the return of
     over $43.0 million of capital to limited partners and which reduced the
     Company's obligations with respect to the guarantee of annual returns to
     such limited partners.  Because the refinancings were completed or
     committed to before the completion of the Company's financial statements
     for Fiscal 1995, the Company recognized deferred income with respect to
     such refinanced properties in Fiscal 1995 rather than in the six months
     ended July 31, 1996.  Deferred income earned increased to $9.1 million in
     Fiscal 1995 from $3.5 million in Fiscal 1994, representing an increase of
     $5.6 million or 160%. The increase in the recognition of deferred income
     earned is primarily as a result of increased cash flows from adult living
     communities and the refinancing of a number of adult living communities in
     March 1996, as described above.  Deferred income earned in Fiscal 1994 were
     $3.5 million compared to $6.7 million for Fiscal 1993, representing a
     decrease of $3.2 million or 47.8%. This decrease is principally due to the
     high amount of deferred income earned in Fiscal 1993 because of a
     significant increase in the  cash flow of a number of adult living
     communities in that year as compared to previous years, thus allowing for
     the realization of a substantial amount of deferred income in Fiscal 1993. 
     While cash flow from adult living communities continued to increase in
     Fiscal 1994, it did not increase at the same rate as in Fiscal 1993,
     resulting in the realization of less deferred income in Fiscal 1994 than in
     Fiscal 1993.
         

        
          Interest income for the three months ended July 31, 1996 was $1.9
     million compared to $2.9 million for the three months ended July 31, 1995,
     a decrease of $1.0 million or 34.5%.  Interest income for the six months
     ended July 31, 1996 was $7.9 million compared to $7.0 million for the six
     months ended July 31, 1995, an increase of $900,000 million or 12.9%.  The
     refinancing of a number of adult living communities in February and March
     1996 resulted in the return of over $43.0 million of capital to limited
     partners, thereby accelerating the receipt of scheduled interest payments
     received by the Company in the three months ending April 30, 1996.  This
     accelerated receipt of scheduled interest payments in the three months
     ended April 30, 1996 caused interest income for the six months ended July
     31, 1996 to be greater than interest income for the six months ended July
     31, 1995, but also resulted in a reduction of the scheduled interest
     payments that would otherwise have been received in the three months ended
     July 31, 1996.  The refinancings also resulted in a reduction of interest
     income for the three months ended July 31, 1996 due to the prepayment of
     mortgages held by the Company.  In addition, cash flow generated by various
     multi-family properties, which the Company receives as interest income on
     the related Purchase Notes and which the Company receives in semi-annual
     installments at varying dates which can change from year to year, was lower
     in the three months ended July 31, 1996 as compared to the three months
     ended July 31, 1995.  Interest income for Fiscal 1995 was $12.7 million
     compared to $9.5 million for Fiscal 1994, representing an increase of $3.2
     million or 33.7%. Such increase reflects the increased aggregate interest
     received on notes from limited partnerships as a result of an increase in
     the aggregate principal amount of such notes.  The increase in aggregate
     principal amount reflects an increase in the number of existing adult
     living communities operated by the Company and in the number of offerings
     in connection with acquisitions of adult living communities to six in
     Fiscal 1995, compared to four in Fiscal 1994.  The increase in interest
     income in Fiscal 1995 also reflects an interest payment realized in
     connection with a mortgage debt restructuring for a multi-family property. 
     Interest income for Fiscal 1994 was $9.5 million compared to $13.3 million
     for Fiscal 1993, representing a decrease of $3.8 million or 28.6%. This
     decrease was primarily attributable to the continuing decline in the
     amounts receivable and collected of investor notes relating to offerings in
     connection with acquisitions of multi-family properties (which decline
     reflects the Company's discontinuance of multi-family property acquisitions
     and offerings after 1986), which investor note collections were applied as
     interest payments under their respective limited partnership note payable
     to the Company.
         

        
          Property management fees from related parties for the three months
     ended July 31, 1996 were $700,000 compared to $1.4 million for the three
     months ended July 31, 1995, a decrease of 700,000 or 50.0%.  Property
     management fees from related parties for the six months ended July 31, 1996
     were 1.6 million compared to $2.9 million for the six months ended July 31,
     1995, a decrease of $1.3 million or 44.8%.  These decreases are primarily
     due to (i) an acceleration of the maintenance and repairs to various adult
     living communities, which reduced cash flow and the incentive management
     fees the properties generated, (ii) the increased debt service on various
     adult living communities due to the refinancing of such properties in March
     1996, which reduced the cash flow produced by such properties and the
     incentive management fees these properties generate to a greater extent
     than the reduction of the Company's guaranteed return obligation due to
     said refinancing, and (iii) the establishment of capital
         

                                          28


     <PAGE>

        
     improvement reserves pursuant to the terms of the newly refinanced loans,
     which reserves reduce the cash flow and incentive management fees these
     properties generate.  Property management fees from related parties were
     $4.6 million in Fiscal 1995 compared to $4.5 million in Fiscal 1994,
     representing an increase of $100,000 or 2.2%.  The increase is primarily
     due to an increase of additional properties under management during the
     period, as partially offset by a decrease in incentive management fees
     received by the Company due to the Company's guarantee obligations
     increasing at a rate faster than the rate of increase of the cash flow
     generated by the respective adult living communities.  Property management
     fees from related parties increased to $4.5 million in Fiscal 1994 compared
     to $4.1 million in Fiscal 1993, representing an increase of $400,000 or
     9.8%. The increase is attributable to additional properties under
     management during the period.
         
  
        
          There was no other income for the three months ended July 31, 1996 as
     compared to $1.0 million of other income for the three months ended July
     31, 1995, a decrease of $1.0 million or 100.0%.  There was no other income
     for the six months ended July 31, 1996 as compared to $1.0 million for the
     six months ended July 31, 1995, a decrease of $1.0 million or 100.0%.  The
     decreases are due to the non-recurring nature of the other income
     recognized in the three months and six months ended July 31, 1995, which
     resulted from the restructuring and reduction of a development fee
     obligation of the Company.  Other income increased to $1.0 million in
     Fiscal 1995 from no other income earned in Fiscal 1994, representing an
     increase of $1.0 million.  The increase is due to the restructuring and
     reduction of said development fee obligation of the Company.  There was no
     other income in Fiscal 1994 or Fiscal 1993.
         


     . Cost of Sales

        
          Cost of sales, which include the cash portion of the purchase price
     for properties plus related transaction costs and expenses, for the three
     months ended July 31, 1996 were $4.3 million compared to $10.8 million for
     the three months ended July 31, 1995, a decrease of $6.5 million or 60.2%. 
     The decrease is due to the establishment in the three months ended July 31,
     1995 of a deferred income liability relating to the acquisitions occurring
     in said period, which increased the cost of sales, as compared to the three
     months ended July 31, 1996, where no such liability was established.  Cost
     of sales as a percent of sales decreased from 75.5% for the three months
     ended July 31, 1995 to 52.8% for the three months ended July 31, 1996.  The
     decrease can be attributed to the establishment in the three months ended
     July 31, 1995 of a deferred income liability relating to the acquisitions
     occurring in said period, which increased the cost of sales, as compared to
     the three months ended July 31, 1996, where no such liability was
     established and to the Company's ability to acquire properties on more
     favorable terms and to obtain more favorable mortgage financings for its
     acquisitions (i.e. - higher loan-to-value ratios).  Cost of sales for the
     six months ended July 31, 1996 were $9.3 million compared to $14.9 million
     for the six months ended July 31, 1995, a decrease of $5.6 million or
     37.6%.  The decrease is primarily due to the establishment in the six
     months ended July 31, 1995 of a deferred income liability relating to the
     acquisitions occurring in said period, which increased the cost of sales,
     as compared to the six months ended July 31, 1996, where no such liability
     was established and is also due to the Company's ability to acquire
     properties on more favorable terms and to obtain more favorable mortgage
     financings for its acquisitions (i.e. - higher loan-to-value ratios and
     preferred interest
         

                                          29


     <PAGE>

     rates).  Cost of sales as a percent of sales decreased from 74.1% for the
     six months ended July 31, 1995 to 48.9% for the six months ended July 31,
     1996.  The decrease is primarily due to the establishment in the six months
     ended July 31, 1995 of the deferred income liability referred to above. 
     Cost of sales for Fiscal 1995 was $27.1 million compared to $21.2 million
     in Fiscal 1994, representing an increase of $5.9 million or 27.8%. The
     increase can be primarily attributed to the acquisition by the Company of
     six properties in Fiscal 1995 with combined purchase prices of $35 million
     as compared to the acquisition of four properties in Fiscal 1994 with
     combined purchase prices of $22.3 million.  The increase in the aggregate
     purchase price of properties acquired was partially offset by an increased
     use of mortgage financing for acquisitions in Fiscal 1995 from levels of
     mortgage financing for Fiscal 1994, which reduced cash expenditures by the
     Company for such acquisitions. Cost of sales as a percent of sales
     decreased from 73.2% in Fiscal 1994 to 65.5% in Fiscal 1995.  The decrease
     can be attributed principally to the Company's ability to obtain more
     favorable mortgage financing for its acquisitions (i.e. - higher loan-to-
     value ratios and preferred interest rates), which has contributed to the
     decrease in the cost of sales, and has enabled the Company to also obtain
     more favorable pricing when arranging for the sale of  partnership
     interests, which has contributed to the increase in sales, thus creating
     larger gross margins.  Cost of sales for Fiscal 1994 were $21.2 million
     compared to $26.5  million for Fiscal 1993, a decrease of $5.3 million or
     20%. This decrease was due primarily to the use of mortgage financing for
     property acquisitions in Fiscal 1994, which reduced cash expenditures by
     the Company for property acquisitions from such expenditures for Fiscal
     1993 where no such mortgage financing was used. Cost of sales as a percent
     of sales decreased from 90% in Fiscal 1993 to 73.2% in Fiscal 1994.  This
     decrease is principally due to the use of mortgage financing for property
     acquisitions in Fiscal 1994, which reduced cash expenditures by the Company
     for property acquisitions from such expenditures for Fiscal 1993, in which
     mortgage financing was not used.

        
          Several factors, including the collapse of the real estate market in
     the late 1980's and early 1990's, which resulted in a number of distressed
     property sales and limited competition from other prospective purchasers,
     allowed the Company to acquire existing adult living communities at such
     time on relatively favorable terms.  Mortgage financing, however, was
     generally either not available or available only on relatively unattractive
     terms during this period, which made acquisitions more difficult because
     they either required large outlays of cash or the use of mortgage financing
     on relatively unfavorable terms.  During the last several years, several
     factors have contributed towards a trend to less favorable terms for
     acquisitions of adult living communities, including a recovery in the
     market for adult living communities and increased competition from other
     prospective purchasers of adult living communities.  The Company, however,
     has been able to obtain mortgage financing on increasingly favorable terms
     (i.e. - the Company has obtained mortgages for a greater percentage of the
     purchase price and at preferred rates).  These factors, combined with an
     overall reduction of interest rates, have partially offset the factors that
     have led to more unfavorable acquisition terms.  A significant change in
     these or other factors (including, in particular, a significant rise in
     interest rates) could prevent the Company from acquiring communities on
     terms favorable enough to offset the start-up losses of newly-developed
     communities as well as the Company's debt service obligations, guaranty
     obligations and the Company's selling, general and administrative expenses.
     Although the Company has been able to acquire adult living communities on
     more favorable terms in the six months ended July 31, 1996, there can be no
     assurance that this nascent trend towards improving acquisition terms will
     continue.  Although the Company does not expect that this trend towards
     improving acquisition terms will continue, if it does continue, the Company
     may increase the number of existing adult living communities it acquires
     and decrease the number it develops in that the continuation of this trend
     would eventually result in it being more affordable to buy existing
     communities than to build new ones.  
         


     . Selling Expenses

        
          Selling expenses for the three months ended July 31, 1996 were $1.7
     million compared to $2.5 million for the three months ended July 31, 1995,
     a decrease of $800,000 or 32.0%.  The decrease is attributable to lower
     commissions and related selling costs in connection with the sale of
     limited partnership interests in a partnership that acquired 83% of an
     adult living community in the three months ended July 31, 1996 compared to
     the sale of limited partnership interests in partnerships that acquired two
     adult living community in the three months ended July 31, 1995.  Selling
     expenses for the six months ended July 31, 1996 were $3.5 million compared
     to $3.9 million for the six months ended July 31, 1995, a decrease of
     $400,000 or 10.3%.  The decrease was attributable to the lower sale price
     for, and the resulting lower commissions and related selling costs in
     connection with, limited partnership interests in partnerships that
     acquired three adult living communities in the six months ended July 31,
     1996 compared to limited partnership interests in partnerships that
     acquired three adult living communities in the six months ended July 31,
     1995 and was partially offset by reductions in commissions payable relating
     to the sale of limited partnership interests in partnerships that acquired
     multi-family properties prior to 1986.  Selling expenses for Fiscal 1995
     were $7.6 million compared to $6.0 million in Fiscal 1994, representing an
     increase of $1.6 million or 26.6%. The increase was attributable to
     additional commissions paid for assistance in the sale of limited
     partnership interests and related selling costs in connection with the sale
     of limited partnership interests in partnerships that acquired six adult
     living communities in Fiscal 1995 for $41.4 million compared to the sale of
         

                                          30


     <PAGE>

     limited partnership interests in partnerships that acquired four adult
     living communities in Fiscal 1994 for $29.0 million. Selling expenses for
     Fiscal 1994 were $6.0 million compared to $6.7 million in Fiscal 1993,
     representing a decrease of $700,000 or 10.4%. This decrease is due
     primarily to reductions in the rate of commissions paid to brokers selling
     limited partnership interests. 

     . Interest Expense

        
          Interest expense for the three months ending July 31, 1996 was $3.8
     million compared to $3.5 million for the three months ended July 31, 1995,
     an increase of $300,000 or 7.9%.  The increase can be primarily attributed
     to increases in debt during the period as partially offset by decreases in
     debt due to the refinancing of two adult living communities in March 1996. 
     Until the refinancings, the mortgages on the communities were direct
     obligations of the Company and the corresponding interest payments were
     included in the Company's interest expense.  These mortgages are now direct
     obligations of the Owning Partnerships that own these properties and the
     corresponding interest payments are no longer included in interest expense.
     Interest expense for the six months ended July 31, 1996 was $7.8 million as
     compared to $7.9 million for the six months ended July 31, 1995 a decrease
     of $100,000 or 1.3%.  The decrease was due to the capitalization of certain
     interest expenses relating to the construction and development of new adult
     living communities.  Interest expense for Fiscal 1995 was $15.8 million
     compared to $13.6 million for Fiscal 1994, representing an increase of $2.2
     million or 16.2%.  Interest Expense included interest payments on Debenture
     Debt which had an average interest rate of 11.95% per annum and was secured
     by the Purchase Note Collateral.  During Fiscal 1995, total interest
     expense with respect to Debenture Debt was approximately $8.7 million,
     Purchase Note Collateral produced approximately $3.0 million of interest
     and related payments to the Company, which was $5.7 million less than the
     amount required to pay interest on the Debenture Debt.  Interest expense
     for Fiscal 1994 was $13.6 million compared to $11.0 million for Fiscal
     1993, an increase of $2.6 million or 23.6%. The increases can be attributed
     to increases in debt during the periods and was somewhat offset by
     reductions in interest rates during the periods. See "Liquidity and Capital
     Resources."
         

     . General and Administrative Expenses
 
        
          General and administrative expenses were $1.5 million for the three
     months ended July 31, 1996 as compared to $1.7 million for the three months
     ended July 31, 1995, a decrease of $200,000 or 11.8%.  The decrease is due
     to the capitalization of expenses relating to the implementation of the
     Company's new development program, which became significant in the current
     fiscal year as partially offset by increases in professional fees and
     salary costs associated with the new development plans.  General and
     administrative expenses were $4.1 million for the six months ended July 31,
     1996 as compared to $3.6 million for the six months ended July 31, 1995, an
     increase of $500,000 or 13.9%.  The increases primarily reflect additional
     professional fees and additional salary costs incurred in instituting the
     Company's new development program and in managing and financing the
     Company's portfolio of properties, which increased by three in the six
     months ended July 31, 1996.  General and administrative expenses were $8.5
     million in Fiscal 1995 compared to $6.7 million in Fiscal 1994,
     representing an increase of $1.8 million or 26.7%. The increase primarily
     reflects additional salary costs incurred in instituting the Company's new
     development program and in managing and financing the Company's portfolio
     of properties, which increased by six in Fiscal 1995, and also reflects
     increases in various office expenses.  General and administrative expenses
     were $6.7 million in Fiscal 1994 compared to $5.3 million in Fiscal 1993 or
     an increase of $1.4 million or 26.4%. The increase primarily reflects the
     write-off in Fiscal 1993 of previously existing accounts payable and
     accrued expenses that the Company determined would not be paid.
         

                                          31


     <PAGE>

     . Depreciation and Amortization

        
          Depreciation and amortization for the three months ended July 31,
     1996 was $800,000 compared to $900,000 for the three months ended July 31,
     1995, a decrease of $100,000 or 11.1%.  The decrease is primarily due to
     the decrease in the issuance of Debenture Debt and Unsecured Debt during
     the three months ended July 31, 1996.  Depreciation and amortization for
     the six months ended July 31, 1996 was $1.7 million as compared to $1.5
     million for the six months ended July 31, 1995, an increase of $200,000 or
     13.3%.  The increase is attributable to the issuance of additional
     Debenture Debt and Unsecured Debt in Fiscal 1995 which had its full
     amortization impact in the six months ended July 31, 1996.  Depreciation
     and amortization for Fiscal 1995 was $2.6 million compared to $2.3 million
     for Fiscal 1994. Depreciation and amortization consists of amortization of
     deferred debt expense incurred in connection with debt issuance.
     Depreciation and amortization for Fiscal 1994 was $2.3 million compared to
     $1.4 million in Fiscal 1993. The increase can be attributable to the
     issuance of additional Debenture Debt in Fiscal 1993 which had its full
     amortization impact in Fiscal 1994.
         

     LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

          The Company historically has financed operations through cash flow
     generated by operations, by arranging for the sale of partnership interests
     and through borrowings consisting of Investor Note Debt, Unsecured Debt,
     Mortgage Debt and Debenture Debt.  The Company's principal liquidity
     requirements are for payment of operating expenses, costs associated with
     development of new adult living communities, debt service obligations and
     guaranteed return obligations to limited partners of Investing Partnerships
     to the extent that guaranteed returns cannot be funded from the cash flow
     of such partnerships.

          The Company's cash and cash equivalents were $18.0 million at January
     31, 1996, $11.0 million  at January 31, 1995 and $9.3 million at January
     31, 1994.  The increase in cash and cash equivalents at January 31, 1996
     reflects, among other things, (i) net income of $6.0 million for Fiscal
     1995, compared to a loss of $4.5 million for Fiscal 1994, (ii) increases in
     loans and accrued interest payable by $52.0 million, and (iii) amortization
     and depreciation for Fiscal 1995 of $2.6 million, offset in part by, among
     other things, (i) a decrease in loans payable by $39.3 million, (ii)
     distributions of $1.7 million and (iii) payments of other notes payable of
     $1.6 million.  The increase in cash and equivalents at January 31, 1995
     reflects, among other things, (i) increases in loans and accrued interest
     payable by $44.0 million and (ii) amortization and depreciation of $2.3
     million offset, in part, by (i) a loss of $4.5 million for Fiscal 1994,
     (ii) a decrease in loans payable by $31.3 million, (iii) distributions of
     $1.9 million and (iv) payments of notes payable of $2.6 million.

        
          Cash flows provided by operating activities for the six months ended
     July 31, 1996 were $1.5 million and were comprised of: (i) net income of
     $908,000 and (ii) adjustments for non-cash items of $1.7 million less (iii)
     the net change in operating assets and liabilities of 1.1 million.  The
     adjustments for non-cash items is comprised of depreciation and
     amortization.  Cash flows used by operating activities for the six months
     ended July 31, 1995 were $5.1 million and were comprised of: (i) net income
     of $3.1 million less (ii) adjustments for non-cash items of $3.1 million
     less (iii) the net change in operating assets and liabilities of $5.1
     million.  The adjustments for non-cash items is comprised of depreciation
     and amortization of $1.4 million offset by deferred income earned of $4.5
     million.  Cash flows provided by operating activities for Fiscal 1995 were
     $1.2 million and were comprised of: (i) net income of $6.0 million less 
     (ii) adjustments for non-cash items of $6.5 million plus (iii) the net 
     change in operating assets and liabilities of $1.7 million.  The 
     adjustments for non-cash items is comprised of depreciation and 
     amortization of $2.6 million offset by deferred income earned of $9.1 
     million.  Cash flows provided by operating activities for Fiscal 1994 were
     $1.3 million and were comprised of: (i) net loss of $4.5 million less 
     (ii) adjustments for non-cash items of $1.2 million plus (iii) the net
     change in operating assets and liabilities of $7.0 million.  The 
     adjustments for non-cash items is comprised of depreciation and 
     amortization of $2.3 million offset by deferred income earned of $3.5 
     million.  Cash flows provided by operating activities for Fiscal 1993 were
     $7.0 million and were comprised of: (i) net income of $1.4 million less 
     (ii) adjustments for non-cash items of $5.2 million plus (iii) the net 
     change in operating assets and liabilities of $10.8 million.  The
     adjustments for non-cash 
         

                                          32    

     <PAGE>

     items is comprised of depreciation and amortization of $1.4 million offset
     for deferred income earned of $6.7 million.

        
          Net cash provided by investing activities for the six months ended
     July 31, 1996 of $15,000 was comprised of the increase in investments for
     the period offset by a decrease in investments due to the distribution of
     refinancing proceeds due to the Company's portion of general partner
     interests in adult living communities.  Net cash used by investing
     activities for the six months ended July 31, 1995 of $154,000 was comprised
     of the increase in investments.  Net cash used by investing activities for
     Fiscal 1995 of $792,000 was comprised of the increase in investments.  Net
     cash used by investing activities for Fiscal 1994 of $736,000 was comprised
     of the increase in investments.  Net cash used by investing activities for
     Fiscal 1993 of $641,000 was comprised of the increase in investments.
         

        
          Net cash used by financing activities for the six months ended July
     31, 1996 of $12.3 million was comprised of: (i) debt repayments of $32.3
     million less proceeds from the issuance of new debt of $24.8 million less
     (ii) payments of notes payable of $91,000 less (iii) dividends paid of
     $900,000 less (iv) the increase in other assets of $3.8 million due to the
     capitalization of costs relating to the development and construction of new
     properties offset by the amortization of loan costs primarily in connection
     with Debenture Debt.  Net cash provided by financing activities for the six
     months ended July 31, 1995 of $3.3 million was comprised of: (i) debt
     repayments of $22.9 million less proceeds from the issuance of new debt of
     $26.3 million less (ii) payments of notes payable of $1.1 million, less
     (iii) dividends paid of $1.1 million plus (iv) the decrease in other assets
     of $2.1 million due to the amortization of loan costs primarily in
     connection with Debenture Debt.  Net cash provided by financing activities
     for Fiscal 1995 of $6.6 million was comprised of: (i) debt repayments of
     $39.3 million less proceeds from the issuance of new debt of $52.1 million
     less (ii) payments of notes payable of $1.6 million less (iii) dividends
     paid of $1.7 million and less (iv) the increase in other assets of
     $2.8 million due to the capitalization of loan costs primarily in
     connection with Debenture Debt.  Net cash provided by financing activities
     for Fiscal 1994 of $1.1 million was comprised of: (i) debt repayments of
     $31.3 million less proceeds from the issuance of new debt of $44.0 million
     less (ii) payments of notes payable of $2.6 million less (iii) dividends
     paid of $1.9 million less (iv) the increase in other assets of $7.2 million
     due to the capitalization of loan costs primarily in connection with
     Debenture Debt.  Net cash used by financing activities for Fiscal 1993 of
     $3.5 million was comprised of (i) debt repayments of $21.6 million less
     proceeds from the issuance of new debt of $34.4 million less (ii) payments
     of notes payable of $2.6 million less (iii) dividends paid of $11.0 million
     less (iv) the increase in other assets of $2.7 million due to the
     capitalization of loan costs primarily in connection with Debenture Debt.
         

        
          At January 31, 1996, the Company had total indebtedness of $140.1
     million, consisting of $78.3 million of Debenture Debt, $18.9 million of
     Unsecured Debt, $12.0 million of Mortgage Debt and $30.0 million of
     Investor Note Debt.  As of July 31, 1996, the Company has reduced
     outstanding Investor Note Debt from $30 million to $21.5 million, increased
     Unsecured Debt from $18.9 million to $26.6 million, and decreased Mortgage
     Debt from $12 million to $5.0 million.  Since that date, Debenture Debt
     increased from $78.3 million to $78.7 million.  As a result, total
     indebtedness, decreased from $140.1 million to $131.7 million and the
     Company had cash and cash equivalents at July 31, 1996 of $7.2 million. 
     Contributing to this debt repayment was the refinancing in February and
     March 1996 of certain adult living communities the Company manages
     resulting in the return of over $43 million of capital to limited partners
     and the reduction of both Investor Note Debt and Mortgage Debt.
         

        
          Of the principal amount of total indebtedness at January 31, 1996,
     $37.2 million becomes due in the fiscal year ending January 31, 1997; $12.9
     million becomes due in the fiscal year ending January 31, 1998; $29.7
     million becomes due in the fiscal year ending January 31, 1999; $15.4
     million becomes due in the fiscal year ending January 31, 2000; $17.4
     million becomes due in the fiscal year ending January 31, 2001, and the
     balance of $26.6 million becomes due thereafter.  Of the amount maturing in
     the fiscal year ending January 31, 1997, $6.8 million is Investor Note Debt
     which the Company repaid through the collection of investor notes.  The
     balance, approximately $30.4 million, included $9.9 million of Debenture
     Debt, $5.2 million of Mortgage Debt and $15.3 million of Unsecured Debt. 
     During Fiscal 1996, the Company repaid approximately $1.2 million of
     Debenture Debt and repaid $8.0 million of Unsecured Debt.  The Company also
     repaid the entire $5.2 million of Mortgage Debt 
         

                                          33

     <PAGE>

        
     due by January 31, 1997 by refinancing said debt, which refinanced debt
     became obligations of the partnerships that own the properties and ceased
     being obligations of the Company.  The Company anticipates that the balance
     of $8.7 million of Debenture Debt and $7.3 million of Unsecured Debt that
     matures during the current fiscal year, together with interest on
     outstanding debt, will be repaid from the Company s existing cash and cash
     equivalents, which amounted to $7.2 million on July 31, 1996, along with
     the proceeds of new Unsecured Debt the Company intends to issue, cash flow
     that will be generated by property operations and by arranging for the sale
     of partnership interests to finance the acquisition of additional existing
     adult living communities.  However, competition to acquire such communities
     has intensified and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
     to acquire such communities on terms favorable enough to offset start-up
     costs of newly developed communities and the cash requirements of the
     Company's existing operations and debt service.
         
 
        
          Certain Investor Note Debt obligations contain provisions requiring
     the Company to maintain a net worth of $35,000,000.  In addition, certain
     obligations of the Company contain covenants requiring the Company to
     maintain a consolidated debt to consolidated net worth ratio of, in the
     most restrictive case, no more than 6.5 to 1.  At January 31, 1996 and at
     July 31, 1996, the Company's consolidated debt to net worth ratio was 6.3
     to 1 and 6.2 to 1, respectively.  In addition, one obligation of the
     Company contains a covenant requiring the Company to maintain a debt for
     borrowed money to consolidated net worth ratio of 5 to 1.  At January 31,
     1996 and at July 31, 1996, the Company's debt for borrowed money to
     consolidated net worth ratio was 3.95 to 1 and 3.73 to 1, respectively.
         

        
          The Company has financed the acquisition of the adult living
     communities it operates by arranging for the private placement of limited
     partnership interests, and intends to continue this practice for all of its
     future acquisitions of existing communities.  Past offerings have provided,
     and it is anticipated that future offerings will provide, that the limited
     partners will receive guaranteed distributions during each of the first
     five years of their investment equal to 11% to 12% of their then paid-in
     scheduled capital contributions.  Pursuant to the management contracts with
     the Owning Partnerships, the Company is required to pay to the Owning
     Partnerships, and the Owning Partnerships distribute to the Investing
     Partnerships for distribution to limited partners, amounts sufficient to
     fund any part of such guaranteed return not paid from cash flow from the
     related property.  During Fiscal 1995 and the six months ended July 31,
     1996, the Company paid approximately $1,025,000 and $2,202,000,
     respectively, with respect to its guaranteed return obligations.  Of the
     amount the Company paid with respect to guaranteed return obligations in
     the six month period ended July 31, 1996, $365,025 is due to the
     refinancing of a number of its adult living communities and is offset and
     exceeded by an increase in interest income received by the Company during
     the six months ended July 31, 1996, which was also the result of such
     refinancings.  The refinancings resulted in the return of over $43 million
     of capital to limited partners, which reduced the amount of capital upon
     which the Company is obligated to guarantee a return.  The refinancings
     also resulted in increased debt service payments by the Owning Partnerships
     which own the refinanced adult living communities and the establishment of
     capital improvement reserves for the refinanced properties.  These debt
     service payments and capital improvement reserves reduced the cash flow
     available to pay the guaranteed returns to limited partners during the six
     months ended July 31, 1996.  In addition, the Company accelerated its
     program of maintenance and repairs of its adult living communities, which
     also decreased the cash flow generated by these properties.  The decrease
     in available cash flow exceeded the reduction in the Company's guaranteed
     returned obligations and, therefore, increased the amount required to be
     paid by the Company with respect to such guaranteed return obligations. 
     The aggregate amount of the Company's guaranteed return obligations will
     depend upon a number of factors, including, among others, the expiration of
     such obligations for certain partnerships, the cash flow generated by the
     properties and the terms of future offerings by Investing Partnerships. 
     The Company anticipates that for at least two years the guaranteed return
     obligations with respect to existing and future Investing Partnerships will
     exceed the cash flow generated by the related properties, which will result
     in the need to utilize cash generated by the Company to make management
     contract payments which are distributed by the Owning Partnerships to the
     Investing Partnerships to pay limited partners in such partnerships their
     guaranteed return.
         

        
          The aggregate amount of guaranteed return obligations for each of the
     fiscal years 1996 through 2001 based on existing management contracts is
     $5,901,000, $13,396,000, $11,306,000, $11,809,000, $9,173,000 and
         

                                          34


     <PAGE>

        
     $3,897,000, respectively.  Such amounts of guaranteed return obligation are
     calculated based upon paid-in capital contributions of limited partners as
     of July 31, 1996 and remaining scheduled capital contributions.  Actual
     amounts of guaranteed return obligations in respect of such contracts will
     vary based upon the timing and amount of such capital contributions. 
     Furthermore, such amounts of guaranteed return obligations are calculated
     without regard to the cash flow the related properties will generate that
     can be used to meet such obligations.
         
     
          The Company will attempt to structure future offerings to minimize
     the likelihood that it will be required to utilize the cash it generates to
     pay amounts utilized to pay guaranteed returns, but there can be no
     assurance that this will be the case.  In addition, in the past, limited
     partners have been allowed to prepay capital contributions.  These
     prepayments reduce the recorded value of the Company's note receivables and
     reduce interest income received by the Company.  Pursuant to the terms of
     offerings, the Company, as the general partner of each Investing
     Partnership, has the option not to accept future prepayments by limited
     partners of capital contributions.  The Company has not determined whether
     it will continue to accept prepayments by limited partners of capital
     contributions.

        
          Because the Adult Living Notes held by the Company are recorded on
     the Company's financial statements net of loans from the Investing
     Partnerships (which loans represent the proceeds of investor note
     prepayments), all but $2.2 million of the $176.5 million of "Notes and
     Accrued Interest Receivable," and all but approximately $500,000 of the
     $54.0 million of "Other Receivables" recorded on the Company's Consolidated
     Financial Statements as of July 31, 1996 relate to Multi-Family Notes. 
     (See Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements.)   The Company holds 169
     Multi-Family Notes which are secured by controlling interests in 126 Multi-
     Family Properties.
         

        
          Twenty-seven of the 126 Multi-Family Properties are in default on
     their respective mortgages.  Thirty-six Multi-Family Notes are secured by
     controlling interests in these 27 properties, which have a recorded value,
     when combined with the "Other Receivables" relating to said properties, of
     $72.9 million.  The Owning Partnerships that own these 27 properties have
     been negotiating with the respective mortgage holders and, in some cases,
     have obtained workout agreements pursuant to which the lenders generally
     agree during the term of the agreement not to take any action regarding the
     mortgage default and to accept reduced debt service payments for a period
     of time, with the goal of increasing property cash flow to enable the
     property to fully service its mortgage.  Seven of these Owning Partnerships
     have filed petitions seeking protection from foreclosure actions under
     Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code ("Chapter 11 Petitions") and the
     Company anticipates that in the near future two additional Owning
     Partnerships will similarly seek such protection by filing Chapter 11
     Petitions (said nine Owning Partnerships are, collectively, the "Protected
     Partnerships").  The aggregate "Notes and Accrued Interest Receivable" and
     "Other Receivables" relating to the nine Multi-Family Notes whose nine
     related Investing Partnerships own interests in the Protected Partnerships
     was $24.1 million.
         

        
          In order to support the recorded value of these nine Multi-Family
     Notes, the Selling Stockholders and one of their affiliates have assigned
     certain interests they own personally in various partnerships that own
     multi-family properties (the "Assigned Interests") to these nine Investing
     Partnerships, which Assigned Interests provide additional security for the
     related nine Multi-Family Notes.  In that the appraised value of the
     Assigned Interests is approximately equal to the previous recorded value of
     the Investing Partnerships' interests in the Protected Partnerships (which
     are deemed to have no value due to the filing of the Chapter 11 Petitions),
     the filing of these petitions by the Protected Partnerships has not
     resulted in a reduction of the recorded value on the Company's financial
     statements of these Multi-Family Notes.  Each of these nine Investing
     Partnerships will reassign to the Selling Stockholders and their affiliate
     any portions of the Assigned Interests not required to maintain the
     recorded value of its Multi-Family Note after the applicable Protected
     Partnership emerges from its Chapter 11 proceeding.
         

        
          It is possible that the other 18 Owning Partnerships that own Multi-
     Family Properties that are in default on their mortgages will file
     Chapter 11 Petitions or take similar actions seeking protection from their
     creditors.  In addition, many of the Multi-Family Properties are dependent
     to varying degrees on Section 8 housing assistance payment contracts with
     the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD"), many
     of which will expire over the next few years.  HUD has introduced various
     initiatives to restructure its housing subsidy
         

                                          35


     <PAGE>

        
     programs by increasing reliance on prevailing market rents, by reducing
     spending on future Section 8 contracts by, among other things, not renewing
     expiring contracts and by restructuring mortgage debt on those properties
     where a decline in rental revenues is anticipated.  Due to uncertainty
     regarding the final policies that will result from these initiatives and
     numerous other factors that affect each property which can change over time
     (including the local real estate market, the provisions of the mortgage
     debt encumbering the property, prevailing interest rates and the general
     state of the economy) it is impossible for the Company to determine whether
     these initiatives will have an impact on the Multi-Family Properties and,
     if there is an impact, whether the impact will be positive or negative.
         

        
          In view of the foregoing, there can be no assurance that other Owning
     Partnerships that own Multi-Family Properties will not default on their
     mortgages, file Chapter 11 Petitions, and/or lose their properties through
     foreclosure.  Unless the Selling Stockholders contribute additional
     property, and there can be no assurance that they will be willing or able
     to do so, any future filings of Chapter 11 petitions by Owning Partnerships
     that own Multi-Family Properties or the loss of any such property through
     foreclosure would cause the Company to realize a loss equal to the recorded
     value of the applicable Multi-Family Note plus any related advances, net of
     any deferred income recorded for such Multi-Family Note which would reduce
     such loss.  In addition, the Company could be required to realize such a
     loss even in the absence of Chapter 11 Petitions or loss of any such
     property through foreclosure if, at any time in which the Company's
     financial statements are issued, such property is considered impaired under
     applicable accounting rules.
         

          The future growth of the Company will be based upon the continued
     acquisition of existing adult living communities and the development of
     newly-constructed adult living communities.  The Company anticipates that
     it will acquire between four and eight existing adult living communities
     over the next two years. It is anticipated that future acquisitions of
     existing adult living communities will be financed by a combination of
     mortgage financing and by arranging for the sale of partnership interests. 
     The Company has entered into contracts to acquire an adult living community
     in Morristown, Tennessee containing 180 apartment units, an adult living
     community in Tampa, Florida containing 164 apartment units and two adult
     living communities in Sparks, Nevada containing 92 apartment units and 64
     apartment units, respectively.  In addition, the Company has acquired one
     existing adult living community from an existing Owning Partnership and has
     agreed to acquire one adult living community from another existing Owning
     Partnerships, and may engage in other similar transactions.  The aggregate
     purchase price of the communities the Company has agreed to purchase is
     approximately $43.1 million.  The Company intends to finance approximately
     $29.3 million of the purchase price these acquisitions through mortgage
     financing with the remainder of the purchase price derived from the sale of
     limited partnership interests in new Investing Partnerships which will own
     interests in new Owning Partnerships.  The Company regularly obtains such
     acquisition financing from three different commercial mortgage lenders and,
     in view of its ready access to such mortgage financing, has not sought any
     specific commitments or letters of intent with regard to future ,
     unidentified acquisitions.  Similarly, the Company believes that it has
     sufficient ability to finance its future acquisitions in part by arranging
     for the sale of partnership interests.  Limited partners typically agree to
     pay their capital contributions over a five-year period, and deliver notes
     representing the portion of their capital contribution that has not been
     paid in cash.  The Company borrows against the notes delivered by investors
     to generate cash when needed, including to pursue its development plan and
     to repay debt.  The Company s present Investor Note Debt lenders do not
     have sufficient lending capacity to meet all of the Company s future
     requirements.  However, the Company currently is negotiating with several
     new Investor Note Debt lenders which the Company believes will have
     sufficient lending capacity to meet all of  the Company s foreseeable
     Investor Note Debt borrowing requirements.

        
          The Company also has implemented a new development plan pursuant to
     which it currently intends to construct between 18 and 24 new  adult living
     communities during the next two years.  The Company will utilize the
     proceeds of this offering plus mortgage financing to construct, own and
     operate new communities.  The Company is negotiating with various
     construction lenders to obtain mortgage financing.  The Company also
     intends to utilize long-term lease financing arrangements to develop and
     operate new communities.  The Company has obtained a letter of intent from
     Capstone for up to $39.0 million for the development of four adult living
     communities that will be operated by the Company pursuant to long-term
     leases with Capstone.  The Company is actively engaged in negotiations with
     other mortgage and long-term lease lenders to provide additional
     construction
         

                                          36


     <PAGE>

     financing.  The Company has not, to date, entered into any substantial
     commitments of capital resources to develop new adult living communities.

        
          The Company's letter of intent with Capstone contemplates the
     development and operation of up to four adult living communities.  Capstone
     is expected to provide construction financing for 100% of the development
     cost - up to $39 million - for the four communities which will be operated
     by the Company pursuant to long-term leases.  The letter of intent
     contemplates that Capstone will acquire the properties and will enter into
     a development agreement and a lease agreement with the Company with respect
     to each property.  Each development agreement is expected to require that
     construction commence within 30 days after the acquisition of the property
     and be complete within 15 months of commencement.  Each lease agreement is
     expected to have a term of 15 years with three optional five-year renewal
     periods.  The letter of intent anticipates a covenant that each community
     financed by Capstone maintain annualized earnings before certain deductions
     of at least 1.25 times the rent from the respective adult living community.
     The Company anticipates that the obligations under the development
     agreements and leases will be direct obligations of the Company and that
     the leases will require the Company to maintain a net worth in an amount no
     less than 75% of the net worth of the Company immediately after the closing
     of this Offering.  The Company also expects to be granted a right of first
     refusal and an option to purchase the properties.
         

        
         
        
        
          The Company anticipates that most of the construction mortgage loans
     it obtains to finance the development and lease-up costs of new adult
     living communities will contain terms where the lender will fund between
     75% to 80% of such costs, requiring the Company to contribute 20% to 25% of
     such costs.  The Company arranged for the sale of limited partnership
     interests in two partnerships organized to make second mortgage loans to
     the Company to fund approximately 20% of the costs of developing three new
     adult living communities.  The Company will use its net proceeds of the
     Offering (above the approximately $3 million to be used for working capital
     and general corporate purposes) plus funds generated by its operations to
     fund the 20% to 25% of development costs not provided by construction
     loans.  To the extent the Company does not sell sufficient shares of Common
     Stock to complete the maximum offering, the Company may seek to obtain
     construction financing from other sources, on terms similar to the
     anticipated terms of the Capstone financing, which do not require such
     levels of equity contributions from the developer, engage in refinancings
     of newly developed adult living communities that have reached stabilized
     occupancy or issue additional debt to generate additional funds to continue
     its development program.
         

                                         37

     <PAGE>

                                       BUSINESS

     GENERAL

        
          Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company") is a fully integrated
     provider of adult living accommodations and services which acquires,
     finances, develops and manages adult living communities.  The Company's
     revenues have been and are expected to continue to be, primarily derived
     from sales of partnership interests in partnerships it organizes to finance
     the acquisition of existing adult living communities.  The Company manages
     such adult living communities and, as a result, is one of the largest
     operators of adult living communities in the United States, operating
     communities offering both independent- and assisted-living services.  The
     American Seniors Housing Association ranks the Company as one of the top
     ten owners and operators of adult living communities.  The Company
     currently operates 30 adult living communities containing 4,350 apartment
     units in 11 states in the Sun Belt and the Midwest.  The Company also
     operates one skilled nursing facility containing 60 beds and one of the
     adult living facilities it operates contains 70 skilled nursing beds.  The
     facilities operated by the Company had an average occupancy rate of
     approximately 93% at July 31, 1996.  The Company's operating objective is
     to provide high-quality, personalized living services to senior residents,
     primarily persons over the age of 75.  To the extent that the development
     plan described below is successfully implemented, the Company anticipates
     that the percentage of its revenues derived from sales of partnership
     interests would decrease and revenues derived from newly constructed
     communities would increase.
         

        
          Historically, the Company has financed the acquisition and
     development of multi-family and adult living properties by utilizing
     mortgage financing and by arranging for the sale of limited partnership
     interests.  The Company is the general partner of all but one of the
     partnerships that owns the adult living communities in the Company's
     portfolio and the Company manages all of the adult living communities in
     its portfolio.  The Company has a participation in the cash flow, sale
     proceeds and refinancing proceeds of the properties after certain priority
     payments to the limited partners.  The existing adult living communities
     managed by the Company are not owned by the Company.  Future revenues, if
     any, of the Company relating to such communities would primarily arise in
     the form of (i) deferred income on sales of interests in the Owning
     Partnerships for such communities, (ii) management fees and (iii) amounts
     payable by the Investing Partnerships to the Company in the event of the
     subsequent sale or refinancing of such communities.  The Company intends to
     continue to finance its future acquisitions of existing adult living
     communities by utilizing mortgage financing and by arranging for the sale
     of partnership interests, and anticipates acquiring four to eight such
     communities during the next two years.
         

          Current demographic trends suggest that demand for both independent-
     living and assisted-living services will continue to grow.  According to
     U.S. Bureau of Census data, the Company's target market, people over age
     75, is one of the fastest growing segments of the U.S. population and is
     projected to increase by more than 24% to 16.3 million between 1990 and
     2000.  While the population of seniors grows, other demographic trends
     suggest that an increasing number of them will choose adult living centers
     as their residences.  According to U.S. Bureau of Census data, the median
     net worth of householders over age 75 has increased to over $75,000.  At
     the same time, the Census shows that the number of seniors living alone has
     increased, while women, who have been the traditional care-givers, are more
     likely to be working and unable to provide care in the home.  The Company
     believes that many seniors find that adult living centers provide them with
     a number of services and features that increasingly they are unable to find
     at home, including security, good nutritious food and companionship. 
     Furthermore, the National Long Term Care Surveys, a Federal study that
     regularly surveys close to 20,000 people aged 65 and older, indicate that,
     despite the growth in the elderly population, the percentage of elderly
     that are disabled and need assistance with activities of daily living
     ("ADLs") has decreased substantially and is expected to continue to
     decrease.  This suggests that demand for independent living communities
     will increase in the future.

          Assisted-living supplements independent-living services with
     assistance with ADLs in a cost effective manner while maintaining
     residents' independence, dignity and quality of life.  Such assistance
     consists of

                                          38


     <PAGE>

     personalized support services and health care in a non-institutional
     setting designed to respond to the individual needs of the elderly who need
     assistance but who do not need the level of health care provided in a
     skilled nursing facility.

        
          The Company has instituted a development plan which will result in
     the new construction of between 18 and 24 adult living communities during
     the next two years which it will own or will operate pursuant to long-term
     leases or similar arrangements.  The Company anticipates that each new
     community to be developed by it will offer both independent- and assisted-
     living.  The Company's development plan contemplates its first new
     communities being built in Texas, where, as of September 6, 1996, it owns
     one site and holds options to acquire eight additional sites.  The Company
     generally plans to concentrate on developing projects in only a limited
     number of states at any given time.  The Company believes that this focus
     will allow it to realize certain efficiencies in the development and
     management of communities.  The Company also plans to expand its portfolio
     of adult living communities by acquiring between four and eight communities
     during the next two years and to finance the acquisitions by arranging for
     the sale of partnership interests in limited partnerships.  The Company is
     the managing general partner of the partnerships that own all but one of
     the 30 adult living centers and one nursing home in its current portfolio
     and will continue to act in this capacity for all future properties which
     it acquires.  All of the adult living communities and the one nursing home
     are managed by the Company pursuant to written management contracts.  
         

          The Company's adult living communities offer personalized assistance,
     supportive services and selected health care services in a professionally
     managed group living environment.  Residents may receive individualized
     assistance which is available 24 hours a day, and is designed to meet their
     scheduled and unscheduled needs.  The services for independent-living
     generally include three restaurant-style meals per day served in a common
     dining room, weekly housekeeping and flat linen service, social and
     recreational activities, transportation to shopping and medical
     appointments, 24 hour security and emergency call systems in each unit. 
     The services for assisted-living residents generally include those provided
     to independent-living residents, as supplemented by assistance with ADLs
     including eating, bathing, dressing, grooming, personal hygiene and
     ambulating; health monitoring; medication management; personal laundry
     services; and daily housekeeping services.

          The Company focuses exclusively on "private-pay" residents, who pay
     for housing or related services out of their own funds or through private
     insurance, rather than relying on the few states that have enacted
     legislation enabling assisted-living facilities to receive Medicaid funding
     similar to funding generally provided to skilled nursing facilities.  The
     Company intends to continue its "private-pay" focus as it believes this
     market segment is, and will continue to be, the most profitable.  This
     focus will enable the Company to increase rental revenues as demographic
     pressure increases demand for adult living facilities and avoid potential
     financial difficulties it might encounter if it were dependent on Medicaid
     or other government reimbursement programs that may suffer from health care
     reform, budget deficit reduction or other pending or future government
     initiatives.

     PARTNERSHIP OFFERINGS

          Historically, the Company has financed the acquisition and
     development of adult living properties by utilizing mortgage financing and
     by arranging for the sale of limited partnership interests in Investing
     Partnerships formed to acquire controlling interests in Owning
     Partnerships.  The Company is the general partner of all but one of the
     Owning Partnerships that own the adult living communities currently
     included in the Company's portfolio and the Company manages all of the
     adult living communities in its portfolio.  The Company is also the general
     partner of 22 of the 34 Investing Partnerships.  As the general partner of
     such partnerships the Company has a participation in the cash flow, sale
     proceeds and refinancing proceeds of the properties after certain priority
     payments to the limited partners.  Typically, an Owning Partnership is
     organized by the Company to acquire a property which the Company has
     identified and selected based on a broad range of factors.  Generally, 99%
     to 100% of the partnership interests in an Owning Partnership initially are
     owned by the Company.  An Investing Partnership is formed as a limited
     partnership for the purpose of acquiring all or substantially all of the
     total partnership interests owned by the Company.  Limited partnership
     interests in the Investing Partnership are sold to investors in exchange
     for (i) all cash or (ii) a cash down payment and full recourse promissory
     notes (an "Investor Note").  In the case of an investor that does not
     purchase a limited partnership interest for all cash, the investor's

                                          39


     <PAGE>

        
     limited partnership interest (a "Limited Partnership Interest") serves as
     collateral security for that investor's Investor Note.  Under the terms of
     an agreement (a "Purchase Agreement"), the Investing Partnership purchases
     from the Company the partnership interests in the Owning Partnership
     partially with cash raised from the cash down payment made by its investors
     and the balance by the delivery of the Investing Partnership's promissory
     note (a "Purchase Note").  The Purchase Notes executed by Investing
     Partnerships prior to 1986 have balloon payments of principal due on
     maturity.  The Purchase Notes executed since January 1, 1987 are self-
     liquidating (without balloon payments).  The Investing Partnership, as
     collateral security for its Purchase Note, pledges to the Company the
     Investor Notes received from its investors, its interest in the Limited
     Partnership Interests securing the Investor Notes, as well as the entire
     partnership interest it holds in the Owning Partnership which it purchased
     from the Company.  In addition, each Purchase Agreement provides that the
     Investing Partnership shall pay the Company an amount equal to a specified
     percentage of the Investing Partnership's share of the net proceeds from
     capital transactions (such as the sale or refinancing of the underlying
     property) in excess of the return obligations and certain other amounts.
         

        
          The limited partners in Investing Partnerships typically agree to pay
     their capital contributions over a five-year period.  Past offerings have
     provided, and it is anticipated that future offerings will provide, that
     the limited partners will receive guaranteed distributions during each of
     first five years of their investment equal to between 11% to 12% of their
     then paid-in scheduled capital contributions.  Pursuant to the management
     contracts with the Owning Partnerships, the Company is required to pay to
     the Owning Partnerships, and the Owning Partnerships distribute to the
     Investing Partnerships for distribution to limited partners, amounts
     sufficient to fund any part of such guaranteed return not paid from cash
     flow from the related property.  During Fiscal 1995 and the six months
     ended July 31, 1996, the Company paid approximately $1,025,000 and
     $2,202,000, respectively, with respect to guaranteed return obligations. 
     The increase in the amount the Company paid with respect to guaranteed
     return obligations in the six month period ended July 31, 1996 is due to
     the refinancing of a number of its adult living communities and is offset
     and exceeded by an increase in interest income received by the Company
     during the six months ended July 31, 1996, which was also the result of
     such refinancings.  The refinancings resulted in the return of over $43
     million of capital to limited partners, which reduced the amount of capital
     upon which the Company is obligated to make payments which are distributed
     to limited partners in respect of guaranteed returns.  The refinancings
     also resulted in increased debt service payments by the Owning Partnerships
     which own the refinanced adult living communities.  These debt service
     payments reduced the cash flow available to pay the guaranteed return to
     limited partners during the six months ended July 31, 1996.  The decrease
     in available cash flow exceeded the reduction in the guaranteed return
     obligations and, therefore, increased the amount required to be paid by the
     Company with respect to such guaranteed return obligations.  The aggregate
     amount which the  Company will be required to pay under the management
     contracts with respect to guaranteed return obligations will depend upon a
     number of factors, including, among others, the expiration of such
     obligations for certain partnerships, the cash flow generated by the
     properties the Company currently operates, the terms of future offerings by
     Investing Partnerships and the cash flow to be generated by the related
     properties.  Based upon its estimates of these factors, which estimates may
     vary materially from actual results, the Company anticipates that for at
     least the next two years, the guaranteed return obligations with respect to
     existing and future Investing Partnerships will exceed the cash flow
     generated by the related properties, which will result in the need to
     utilize cash generated by the Company to meet guaranteed return
     obligations.  To the extent that the Company must expend funds to meet its
     guaranteed return obligations, the Company will have fewer funds available
     to utilize for other business purposes, including funds for application to
     the new development plan, to meet other liquidity and capital resource
     commitments and for dividends, if any. The Company will attempt to
     structure future offerings to minimize the likelihood that it will be
     required to utilize the cash it generates to pay guaranteed returns, but
     there can be no assurance that this will be the case.  
         

        
          The Company's obligations with respect to guaranteed returns are
     contractual obligations of the Company under the management contracts to
     make payments to the Owning Partnerships.  In general, the accrual of
     expenses arising from obligations of the Company, including such
     obligations under the management contracts, reduces the amount of earnings
     that might otherwise be available for distribution to stockholders.
         

                                          40


     <PAGE>

          In the past, limited partners have been allowed to prepay capital
     contributions.  Prepayments of capital contributions do not result in the
     prepayment of the related Purchase Notes.  Instead, such amounts are loaned
     to the Company by the Investing Partnership.  Loans made prior to the
     reorganization of the Company in 1996 were made to J&B Management Company
     and, as part of the reorganization, were assumed by the Company.  The
     purchase agreements provide that, should any failure to repay any such loan
     occur, the Company must credit to the Investing Partnership the amounts
     loaned at the time such amount would be required to be paid by the
     Investing Partnership to meet its obligations then due under the Purchase
     Note.  As a result of such loans and such provisions of the purchase
     agreements, the Company records the notes receivable corresponding to the
     Purchase Notes net of such loans.  Therefore, these prepayments act to
     reduce the recorded value of the Company's note receivables and reduce
     interest income received by the Company.  Pursuant to the terms of
     offerings, the Company has the option not to accept future prepayments by
     limited partners of capital contributions.  The Company has not determined
     whether it will continue to accept prepayments by limited partners of
     capital contributions.

          After the initial five-year period, the limited partners are still
     entitled to the same specified rate of return on their investment, but only
     to the extent there are sufficient cash flows from the related adult living
     communities.  To the extent property cash flows are not sufficient to pay
     the limited partners their specified return, the right to receive this
     shortfall accrues until sufficient cash flow is available for distribution.
     Under the management contracts, during the initial five-year period, the
     Company is entitled to retain all cash flows in excess of the guaranteed
     return as a management fee, thereafter the Company's management fee is 40%
     of the excess of cash flow over the amount necessary to make the specified
     return.  The remaining 60% of cash flows are to be distributed by the
     Owning Partnerships to the Investing Partnerships for distribution to
     limited partners.

          All of the adult living communities operated by the Company are
     managed by the Company pursuant to written management contracts, which
     generally have a five year term coterminous with the Company's guaranty of
     annual distributions to limited partners.  This five-year guaranty
     obligation has terminated for four of the 34 Investing Partnerships.  After
     the initial five year term, the management contracts are automatically
     renewed each year, but are cancelable on 30 to 60 days notice at the
     election of either the Company or the related Owning Partnership.  In
     general, under the terms of the Investing Partnership's partnership
     agreement, limited partners have no right to take part in the control,
     conduct or operation of the partnership.  Action can be taken in each
     partnership by a majority in interest of partners on such major matters as
     the removal of the general partners, the request for or approval or
     disapproval of a sale of a property owned by a partnership or other
     significant actions affecting the properties or the partnership.  In these
     cases, termination of the management contracts after their initial five-
     year terms generally would require removal of the Company as general
     partner of the Owning and/or Investing Partnership.  Under certain limited
     circumstances, the Company may be removed as the general partner of an
     Investing Partnership.  Such removal would require the vote of a majority
     of the holders of limited partner interest and would result in loss of the
     fee income under those contracts.

          The Company intends to continue to finance its future acquisitions of
     existing adult living communities by utilizing mortgage financing and by
     arranging for the sale of partnership interests.  The Company plans to
     acquire between four to eight existing adult living communities over the
     next two years.  However, competition to acquire such communities has
     intensified, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
     acquire such communities on terms favorable enough to offset the start-up
     losses associated with newly developed communities and the costs and cash
     requirements arising from the Company's overhead and existing debt and
     guarantee obligations.  The Company is, and will continue to be, the
     managing general partner of the partnerships that own acquired communities.

          In addition, the Company arranged for the sale of limited partnership
     interests in two partnerships organized to make second mortgage loans to
     the Company to fund approximately 20% of the costs of developing three new
     adult living communities.  

                                          41


     <PAGE>

     THE LONG-TERM CARE MARKET

          The long-term care services industry encompasses a broad range of
     accommodations and healthcare services that are provided primarily to
     seniors.  Independent-living communities attract seniors who desire to be
     freed from the burdens and expense of home ownership, food shopping and
     meal preparation and who are interested in the companionship and social and
     recreational opportunities offered by such communities.  As a senior's need
     for assistance increases, the provision of assisted-living services in a
     community setting is more cost-effective than care in a nursing home.  A
     community which offers its residents assisted-living services can provide
     assistance with various ADLs (such as bathing, dressing, personal hygiene,
     grooming, ambulating and eating), support services (such as housekeeping
     and laundry services) and health-related services (such as medication
     supervision and health monitoring), while allowing seniors to preserve a
     high degree of autonomy.  Generally, residents of assisted-living
     communities require higher levels of care than residents of independent-
     living facilities, but require lower levels of care than residents of
     skilled-nursing facilities.

     FAVORABLE TRENDS

          The Company believes its business benefits from significant trends
     affecting the long-term care industry.  The first is an increase in the
     demand for elder care resulting from the continued aging of the U.S.
     population.  U.S. Bureau of Census shows that the average age of the
     Company's residents (83 years old) places them within one of the fastest
     growing segments of the U.S. population.  While increasing numbers of
     Americans are living longer and healthier lives, many choose community
     living as a cost-effective method of obtaining the services and life-style
     they desire.  Adult living facilities that offer both independent and
     assisted-living services give seniors the comfort of knowing that they will
     be able to "age in place"   something they are increasingly unable to do at
     home.

          The primary consumers of long-term care services are persons over the
     age of 65.  This group represents one of the fastest growing segments of
     the population.  According to U.S. Bureau of the Census data, the number of
     people in the U.S. age 65 and older increased by more than 27% from 1981 to
     1994, growing from 26.2 million to 33.2 million.  Such census data also
     shows that the segment of the population over 85 years of age, which
     comprises the largest percentage of residents at long-term care facilities,
     is projected to increase by more than 37% between the years 1990 and 2000,
     growing from 3.0 million to 4.1 million.  The Company believes that these
     trends depicted in the graph below will contribute to continued strong
     demand for adult living communities.


        PROJECTED PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN THE ELDERLY POPULATION OF THE U.S.


                     1981     1990    1995     2000     2005    2010
                     ----     ----    ----     ----     ----    ----    

        65-84         0       17.5%   25.2%    26.2%    27.3%   34.6%
        85+           0       28.4%   54.3%    76.3%    94.1%  112.7%

                        SOURCE: U.S. BUREAU OF THE CENSUS

                                          42


     <PAGE>

          Other trends benefiting the Company include the increased financial
     net worth of the elderly population, the changing role of women and the
     increase in the population of individuals living alone.  As the number of
     elderly in need of assistance has increased, so too has the number of the
     elderly able to afford residences in communities which offer independent
     and/or assisted-living services.  According to U.S. Bureau of the Census
     data, the median net worth of householders age 75 or older has increased
     from $55,178 in 1984 and $61,491 in 1988 to $76,541 in 1991.  Furthermore,
     according to the same source, the percentage of people 65 years and older
     below the poverty line has decreased from 24.6% in 1970 to 15.7% in 1980 to
     12.2% in 1990.  Historically, unpaid women (mostly daughters or daughters-
     in-law) represented a large portion of the care givers of the non-
     institutionalized elderly.  The increased number of women in the labor
     force, however, has reduced the supply of care givers, and led many seniors
     to choose adult living communities as an alternative.  Since 1970, the
     population of individuals living alone has increased significantly as a
     percentage of the total elderly population.  This increase has been the
     result of an aging population in which women outlive men by an average of
     6.9 years, rising divorce rates, and an increase in the number of unmarried
     individuals.  The increase in the number of the elderly living alone has
     also led many seniors to choose to live in adult living communities.

          The increased financial net worth of the elderly population is
     illustrated by the following chart:   


                             MEDIAN NET WORTH

                             1988              1991
                             ----              ----

         45-54              57,466            58,250

         55-64              80,032            83,041

         65+                73,471            88,192

                       SOURCE: U.S. BUREAU OF THE CENSUS
                       

          A trend benefiting the Company, and especially its provision of
     independent-living services, is that as the population of seniors swells,
     the percentage of seniors that are disabled and need assistance with ADLs
     has steadily declined.  According to the National Long Term Care Surveys, a
     federal study, disability rates for persons aged 65 and older have declined
     by 1 to 2 percent each year since 1982, the year the study was commenced. 
     In 1982, approximately 21% of the 65 and over population was disabled and
     in 1995 only 10% was disabled.  This trend suggests that demand for
     independent living services will increase in the future.

          Another trend benefiting the Company, and especially its provision of
     assisted-living services, is the effort by the government, private insurers
     and managed care organizations to contain health care costs by limiting
     lengths of stay, services, and reimbursement amounts.  This has resulted in
     hospitals discharging patients earlier and referring them to nursing homes.
     At the same time, nursing home operators continue to focus on providing
     services to sub-acute patients requiring significantly higher levels of
     skilled nursing care.  The Company believes that this "push down" effect
     has and will continue to increase demand for assisted-living facilities
     that offer the appropriate levels of care in a non-institutional setting in
     a more cost-effective manner.  The Company believes that all of these

                                          43


     <PAGE>

     trends have, and will continue to, result in an increasing demand for adult
     living facilities which provide both independent and assisted-living
     services.  

     STRATEGY

        
          Growth.  The Company's growth strategy focuses on the development of
     communities offering both independent and assisted-living apartment units
     and on continued intensive communities management.  The Company believes
     that there are numerous markets that are not served or are underserved by
     existing adult living communities and intends to take advantage of these
     circumstances, plus the present availability of construction financing on
     favorable terms, to develop new communities of its own design in desirable
     markets.  Historically, the Company has expanded by acquisition of existing
     communities.  The Company has taken advantage of the inexperience and
     operating inefficiencies of the previous owners of these communities and
     has improved the financial performance of these properties by implementing
     its own management and marketing techniques.  The Company's sophistication
     in management and marketing is evidenced by its approximate 93% occupancy
     rate at July 31, 1996 at its existing communities.
         

          The Company will continue to acquire existing communities and intends
     to finance these acquisitions, in part, by arranging for the sale of
     partnership interests in such communities.  The Company believes that its
     continuing acquisition and financing of adult living communities will
     provide additional cash flow to help the Company pursue its development
     program.  The Company also believes its established ability to privately
     place equity and debt securities will help insure its ability to pursue its
     development plan regardless of changes in the economy that may make
     conventional and sale/leaseback construction financing unavailable or
     available on only unfavorable terms.

          Senior management, collectively, has over 80 years of experience in
     the acquisition, financing, development and management of multi-family
     housing, having acquired or developed and, in most cases, managed a
     property portfolio consisting of approximately 20,000 multi-family
     apartment units.  In addition, senior management of the Company,
     collectively, has over 40 years experience in the long-term care industry
     including independent-living, assisted-living and, to a lesser extent,
     skilled-nursing communities.

          New Development.  The Company's development plan emphasizes a
     "prototype" adult living community that it has designed.  The prototype
     incorporates attributes of the various communities managed by the Company,
     which it believes appeal to the elderly.  The prototype has been designed
     to be built in two sizes: one containing 126 apartment units and the other
     142 apartment units.  In all other respects, the two sizes of the prototype
     are identical and both will be located on sites of up to seven acres.  The
     Company believes that its development prototype is larger than many
     independent-living and most assisted-living communities, which typically
     range from 40 to 80 units.  The Company believes that the greater number of
     units will allow the Company to achieve economies of scale in operations,
     resulting in lower operating costs per unit, without sacrificing quality of
     service.  The Company designed its prototype to achieve economics of scale
     in management and operations.  These savings primarily are achieved through
     lower staffing, maintenance and food preparation costs per unit, without
     sacrificing quality of service.  In that the time and effort required to
     develop a community (including site selection, land acquisition, zoning
     approvals, financing, and construction) do not vary materially for a larger
     community than for a smaller one, developmental economics of sale are also
     realized in that more apartment units are being produced for each community
     that is developed.

        
          Common areas will include recreation areas, dining rooms, a kitchen,
     administrative offices, an arts and crafts room, a multi-purpose room,
     laundry rooms for each floor, a beauty salon/barber shop, a library reading
     area, card rooms, a billiards room, a health center to monitor residents'
     medical needs and covered and assigned parking.  The Company believes that
     the common areas and amenities offered by prototype represent the state of
     the art for independent-living communities and are superior to those
     offered by smaller independent-living communities or by most communities
     that offer only assisted living services.  Unit sizes will range from 368
     square 
         

                                          44


     <PAGE>

        
     feet for a studio to 871 square feet for a two bedroom/two bath unit.  The
     Company's 126-unit prototype contains 15 studio apartments, 105 one
     bedroom/one bathroom units and six two bedroom/two bathroom units.  The
     126-unit prototype will encompass approximately 102,000 square feet.  The
     142 unit prototype contains 46 studio apartments, 92 one bedroom/one
     bathroom apartments and 4 two bedroom/two bathroom apartments.  The 142-
     unit prototype will encompass approximately 108,000 square feet.  Each
     apartment unit will be a full apartment, including a kitchen or
     kitchenette.
         

          Each community will offer residents a choice between independent-
     living and assisted-living services.  As a result, the market for each
     community will be broader than for communities that offer only either
     independent-living or assisted-living services.  Due to licensing
     requirements and the expense and difficulty of converting existing
     independent-living units to assisted-living units, independent-living and
     assisted-living units in many communities generally are not
     interchangeable.  However, the prototype is designed to allow, at any time,
     for conversion of units, at minimum expense, for use as either independent-
     living or assisted-living units.  Each community therefore may adjust its
     mix of independent-living and assisted-living units as the market or
     existing residents demand.   The Company believes that part of the appeal
     of this type of community is that residents will be able to "age in place"
     with the knowledge that they need not move to another community if they
     require assistance with ADLs.  The Company believes that the ability to
     retain residents by offering them higher levels of services will result in
     stable occupancy with enhanced revenue streams.

          Market Selection Process.  In selecting geographic markets for
     potential expansion, the Company considers such factors as a potential
     market's population, demographics and income levels, including the existing
     and anticipated future population of seniors who may benefit from the
     Company's services, the number of existing long-term care communities in
     the market area and the income level of the target population.  While the
     Company does not apply its market selection criteria mechanically or
     inflexibly, it generally seeks to select adult living community locations
     that are non-urban with populations of no more than 100,000 people and
     containing 3,000 elderly households within a 20-mile radius with an annual
     income of at least $35,000, and have a regulatory climate that the Company
     considers favorable toward development.  The Company has found that
     communities with these characteristics, so-called "secondary markets,"
     generally have a receptive population of seniors who desire and can afford
     the services offered in the Company's adult living communities.  In
     focusing on secondary markets, the Company believes it will avoid
     overdevelopment to which primary markets are prone and obtain the benefit
     of demographic concentrations that do not exist in yet smaller markets.

        
          While not limiting itself to any specific geographic market, the
     Company generally plans to concentrate its development projects to only a
     limited number of states at any given time.  This focus will allow the
     Company to realize certain efficiencies in the development process and in
     the management of the communities.  For 1996, the Company anticipates that
     its development efforts will be focused primarily in the State of Texas. 
     The Company currently owns one development site in Corpus Christi, Texas
     and has obtained a letter of intent from Capstone for $39 million of
     sale/leaseback construction financing.  Construction is expected to
     commence in September 1996.  The Company also has obtained options to
     acquire eight additional sites in Abilene, Amarillo, El Paso, Round Rock,
     San Angelo, Temple, Tyler and Wichita Falls, Texas.  The Company
     anticipates that it will commence construction on between 18 and 24 new
     communities in the next two years.  The Company also anticipates developing
     adult living communities in one or more of the following states:  New
     Mexico, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Kentucky.
         

          Centralized Management.  The adult living business is a highly
     management intensive one.  While the location of a community and its
     physical layout are extremely important, another key to the success of an
     adult living community lies in the ability to maximize its financial
     potential through sophisticated, experienced management.  Such success
     requires the establishment and supervision of programs involving the
     numerous facets of an adult living community, including menu planning, food
     and supply purchasing, meal preparation and service, assistance with
     "activities of daily living," recreational activities, social events,
     health care services, housekeeping, maintenance and security. The Company's
     strategy emphasizes centralized management in order to achieve

                                          45


     <PAGE>

     operational efficiencies and ensure consistent quality of services.  The
     Company has established standardized policies and procedures governing,
     among other things, social activities, maintenance and housekeeping, health
     care services, and food services.  An annual budget is established by the
     Company for each community against which performance is tested each month.

          Marketing.  Marketing is critical to the rent up and continued high
     occupancy of a community.   The Company's marketing strategy focuses on
     enhancing the reputation of the Company's communities and creating
     awareness of the Company and its services among potential referral sources.
     The Company's experience is that satisfied residents and their families are
     an important source of referrals for the Company.  In addition, the Company
     plans to use its common community design and its "The Grand Court"
     trademarked name to promote national brand-name recognition.  The Company
     has recently adopted the trademarked name.  Historically, adult living
     communities have generally been independently owned and operated and there
     has been little national brand-name recognition.  The Company believes that
     national recognition will be increasingly important in the adult living
     business.  The Company intends to continuously use its trademarked name in
     its business activities, and the life of this trademark will extend for the
     duration of its use.  The Company considers this trademark to be a valuable
     intangible intellectual property asset.

     SERVICES

          It is important to identify the specific tastes and needs of the
     residents of an adult living community, which can vary from region to
     region and from one age group to the next.  Residents who are 70 years old
     have different needs than those who are 85.  The Company has retained a
     gerontologist to insure that programs and activities are suitable for all
     of the residents in a community and that they are adjusted as these
     residents "age in place".  Both independent and assisted-living services
     will be offered at all of the Company's newly, developed communities.  

          Basic Service and Care Package.  The Company provides four levels of
     service at its adult-living communities:

          Level I is Independent Living which includes three meals per day,
     weekly housekeeping, activities program, 24-hour security and
     transportation for shopping and medical appointments.

          Level II or Catered Living offers all of the amenities of Level I in
     addition to all utilities, personal laundry and daily housekeeping.

          Level III is Assisted Living, which offers three meals per day, daily
     housekeeping, 24-hour security, all utilities, medication management,
     activities and nurse's aides to assist the residents in daily bathing and
     dressing.

          Level IV is especially designed to meet the needs of our assisted
     living residents who require increased assistance with the activities of
     daily living.  We are able to accommodate residents with walkers or
     wheelchairs, or who suffer from the early stages of Alzheimer's. 
     Rehabilitative services such as physical and speech therapy are also
     provided by licensed third party home health care providers.  Each resident
     can design a package of services that will be monitored by his or her own
     physician.

          The Company charges an average fee of $1,400 per month for Level I
     services, $1,700 per month for Level II services, $2,000 per month for
     Level III services, and $2,500 per month for Level IV services, but the fee
     levels vary from community to community.  As the residents of the
     communities managed by the Company continue to age, the Company expects
     that an increasing number of residents will utilize Level III and Level IV
     services.  The Company's internal growth plan is focused on increasing
     revenue by continuing to expand the number and diversity of its tiered
     additional assisted-living services and the number of residents using these
     services.

                                          46


     <PAGE>

     COMMUNITIES

          The Company currently operates 30 communities containing 4,350 units
     and one nursing home containing 60 beds.  One of the Company's adult living
     communities contains 70 nursing home beds.  The following chart sets forth
     information regarding the communities operated by the Company:

                                                           OCCUPANCY
                                                 YEAR         % AT
                                   NUMBER OF   ACQUIRED     MAY 31,
      COMMUNITY (1)       STATE      UNITS        (2)         1996
      -------------       -----      -----     ---------   ----------

      The Grand Court     Arizona     136        1991        98%
      Phoenix

      The Grand Court     Florida     184        1989        95%
      Fort Myers

      The Grand Court     Florida     126        1996        85%
      Lakeland

      The Grand Court     Florida     170        1992        91%
      Lake Worth

      The Grand Court     Florida     189        1995        60%
      North Miami

      The Grand Court     Florida      60        1994        91%
      Pensacola

      The Grand Court I   Florida      72        1994        87%
      Pompano Beach(3)

      The Grand Court II  Florida      42        1994        88%
      Pompano Beach(3)

      The Grand Court     Florida      94        1995        97%
      Tavares

      The Grand Court     Illinois     76        1993       100%
      Belleville          

      The Grand Court II  Kansas      127        1994        97%
      Kansas City

      The Grand Court     Kansas      275        1990        97%
      Overland Park

      The Grand Court     Michigan    164        1993        95%
      Farmington Hills    

      The Grand Court     Michigan    114        1994        98%
      Novi                

      The Grand Court I   Missouri    167        1989        97%
      Kansas City         

      The Grand Court     Missouri    217        1991        80%
      III Kansas City     

      The Grand Court IV  Missouri    237        1990        69%
      Kansas City         

      The Grand Court     Nevada      152        1991       100%
      Las Vegas

      The Grand Court     Ohio        120        1994       100%
      Columbus

      The Grand Court     Ohio        185        1994        99%
      Dayton

      The Grand Court     Ohio         73        1992        99%
      Findlay

      The Grand Court     Ohio         77        1992       100%
      Springfield

      The Grand Court I   Tennessee   143(4)     1995        99%
      Chattanooga         

      The Grand Court II  Tennessee   146        1995        99%
      Chattanooga        

                                       47


      <PAGE> 

                                                           OCCUPANCY
                                                             % AT
                                   NUMBER OF    YEAR        MAY 31,
      COMMUNITY(1)        STATE      UNITS    ACQUIRED(2)    1996
      ------------        -----    ---------  -----------  ---------

      The Grand Court     Tennessee   197        1992        98%
      Memphis             

      The Grand Court     Texas       180        1993        98%
      Bryan

      The Grand Court     Texas       132        1990        96%
      Longview

      The Grand Court     Texas       139        1991        99%
      Lubbock

      The Grand Court I   Texas       198        1993        98%
      San Antonio

      The Grand Court II  Texas        60(5)     1995        87%
      San Antonio

      The Grand Court     Texas        60        1996        98%
      Weatherford

      The Grand Court     Virginia     98        1995        97%
      Bristol             

     --------------     
        
     (1)  In certain cases, more than one Investing Partnership owns an
          interest in one Owning Partnership.  There are therefore, more
          Investing Partnerships than there are Owning Partnership.  One of the
          Owning Partnerships owns two adult living communities, one Owning
          Partnership owns one adult living community and one nursing home.  In
          addition, the Company's properties in Pompano Beach, Florida are
          adjacent to one another and are counted as one property.  As a
          result, there are 32 properties listed, but only 29 Owning
          Partnerships.  See "--Partnership Offerings."  In addition, the
          Company has entered into contracts to acquire an adult living
          community in Morristown, Tennessee containing 180 apartment units, an
          adult living community in Tampa, Florida containing 164 apartment
          units and two adult living communities in Sparks, Nevada containing
          92 apartment units and 64 apartment units, respectively.
         

     (2)  Represents year in which an affiliate of the Company acquired the
          community.

     (3)  These are adjacent properties and are counted as one adult living
          community.

     (4)  Grand Court I Chattanooga's unit count includes a 70-bed nursing
          wing.

     (5)  Grand Court II San Antonio is a 60-bed licensed nursing facility.

          All 30 adult living communities and the nursing home are managed by
     the Company in its capacity as property manager and, for all but one of the
     related owning partnerships, as managing general partner. Because the
     Company serves as both the managing general partner and the property
     manager, it receives partnership administration fees and property
     management fees. As the managing general partner of these partnerships, the
     Company generally has full authority and power to act for the partnerships
     as if it were the sole general partner. The Company has fiduciary
     responsibility for the management and administration of these partnerships
     and, subject to certain matters requiring the consent of the other partners
     such as a sale of the related property, may generally, on behalf of the
     partnerships, borrow money, execute contracts, employ persons and services,
     compromise and settle claims, determine and pay distributions, prepare and
     distribute reports, and take such other actions which are necessary or
     desirable with respect to matters affecting the partnerships or individual
     partners.  See "--Partnership Offerings."

     OPERATIONS

          Corporate.  Over the past ten years the Company has developed
     extensive policies, procedures and systems for the operation of its adult-
     living communities.  The Company also has adopted a formal quality
     assurance program. In connection with this program the Company requires a
     minimum of two full-day annual quality assurance reviews at each community.
     The entire regional staff team participates in the review which thoroughly

                                          48


     <PAGE>

     examines all aspects of the long-term care community from the provision of
     services to the maintenance of the physical buildings. The reports
     generated from these quality assurance reviews are then implemented by the
     community administrator. Corporate headquarters also provides human
     resources services, a licensing facilitator, and in-house accounting and
     legal support systems.

          Regional.  The Company has nine regional administrators:  one
     responsible for three communities in Florida, one responsible for six
     communities in Tennessee, Texas, Arizona and Nevada, one responsible for
     five communities in Texas and Virginia, one responsible for five
     communities in Ohio and Tennessee, one responsible for five communities in
     Missouri, Kansas, and Michigan, one responsible for four communities in
     Florida, one responsible for three communities in Missouri and Illinois and
     one who oversees the food division.  In addition, one regional
     administrator and various other Company personnel oversee the third-party
     managing agents that operate multi-family properties in which the equity
     interests are pledged to the Company to secure notes owed to it.  Each
     regional administrator is reported to by the manager of those communities
     he oversees.

          Community.  The management team at each community consists of an
     administrator, who has overall responsibility for the operation of the
     community, an activity director, a marketing director and, at certain
     larger communities, one or two assistant administrators. Each community
     which offers assisted-living services has a staff responsible for the
     assisted-living care giving services.  This staff consists of a lead
     resident aide, a medication room aide, certified nurse aides and trained
     aides, and, in those states which so require, registered nurses. At least
     one staff member is on duty 24 hours per day to respond to the emergency or
     scheduled 24-hour assisted-living services available to the residents. Each
     community has a kitchen staff, a housekeeping staff and a maintenance
     staff. The average community currently operated by the Company has 40 to 50
     full-time employees depending on the size of the community and the extent
     of services provided in that community.

          The Company places emphasis on diet and nutrition, as well as
     preparing attractively presented healthy meals which can be enjoyed by the
     residents. The Company's in-house food service program is led by a regional
     administrator who reviews all menus and recipes for each community. The
     menus and recipes are reviewed and changed based on consultation with the
     food director and input from the residents. The Company provides special
     meals for residents who require special diets.

          Employees.  The Company emphasizes maximizing each employee's
     potential through support and training. The Company's training program is
     conducted on three levels. Approximately six times per year, corporate
     headquarters staff conduct training sessions for the management staff in
     the areas of supervision and management skills, and caring for the needs of
     an aging population. At the regional level, regional staff train the
     community staff on issues such as policies, procedures and systems,
     activities for the elderly, the administration and provision of specific
     services, food service, maintenance, reporting systems and other
     operational areas of the business.  At the community level, the
     administrators of each community conduct training sessions on at least a
     monthly basis relating to various practical areas of care-giving at the
     community.  These monthly sessions cover, on an annual basis, all phases of
     the community's operations, including special areas such as safety, fire
     and disaster procedures, resident care, and policies and procedures.

     COMPETITION

          The senior housing and health care industries are highly competitive
     and the Company expects that both the independent-living business, and
     assisted-living businesses in particular, will become more competitive in
     the future.  The Company will continue to face competition from numerous
     local, regional and national providers of long-term care whose communities
     and services are on either end of the senior care continuum.  The Company
     will compete in providing independent-living services with home health care
     providers and other providers of independent-living services, primarily on
     the basis of quality and cost of communities and services offered.  The
     Company will compete in providing assisted-living with other providers of
     assisted-living services, skilled nursing communities and acute care
     hospitals primarily on the bases of cost, quality of care, array of
     services provided and physician referrals.  The Company also will compete
     with companies providing home based health care, and even family members,
     based on those factors as well as the reputation, geographic location,
     physical appearance of

                                          49


     <PAGE>

     communities and family preferences.  In addition, the Company expects that
     as the provision of long-term care receives increased attention,
     competition from new market entrants, including, in particular, companies
     focused on independent and assisted-living, will grow.  Some of the
     Company's competitors operate on a not-for-profit basis or as charitable
     organizations, while others have, or may obtain, greater financial
     resources than those of the Company.  However, the Company anticipates that
     its most significant competition will come from other adult living
     communities within the same geographic area as the Company's communities
     because management's experience indicates that senior citizens frequently
     elect to move into communities near their homes.

          Moreover, in the implementation of the Company's expansion program,
     the Company expects to face competition for the development of adult living
     communities.  Some of the Company's present and potential competitors are
     significantly larger or have, or may obtain, greater financial resources
     than those of the Company.  Consequently, there can be no assurance that
     the Company will not encounter increased competition in the future which
     could limit its ability to attract residents or expand its business and
     could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition,
     results of operations and prospects.  In addition, if the development of
     new adult living communities outpaces demand for those communities in
     certain markets, such markets may become saturated.  Such an oversupply of
     facilities could cause the Company to experience decreased occupancy,
     depressed margins and lower operating results.

     COMPANY HISTORY

          The predecessors of Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. are J&B Management
     Company, Leisure Centers, Inc. and their affiliates.  J&B Management
     Company is a private partnership founded in 1969 with a successful history
     in the development and management of multi-family real estate and adult
     living communities.  J&B's headquarters are in Fort Lee, New Jersey and it
     conducted its property development and management operations through its
     affiliate, Leisure Centers, Inc., located in Boca Raton, Florida.  Grand
     Court Lifestyles, Inc., its subsidiaries, J&B Management Company and
     Leisure Centers, Inc. and their affiliates are collectively referred to as
     the "Company".

          Through the 1970's and early 1980's, the Company's primary focus was
     on the acquisition, development, finance and management of multi-family
     properties.  Senior management, collectively, has over 80 years of
     experience in multi-family housing, having had interests in properties
     containing approximately 20,000 apartment units located in 22 states,
     primarily in the sun-belt.  Beginning in the mid-1980's, the Company's sole
     focus has been on the acquisition, finance and management of adult living
     communities building one of the largest operating portfolios of adult
     living communities in the nation, encompassing the entire spectrum of the
     long-term care industry, from independent-living to assisted-living, with a
     limited involvement in nursing homes.  Senior management, collectively, has
     over 40 years of experience in the adult living field.  The Company is
     ranked by the American Seniors Housing Association in the top ten owners
     and managers of adult living properties and currently has ownership
     interests in and manages 30 adult living communities containing 4,350
     apartment units (including 70 skilled nursing beds) and one nursing home
     containing 60 skilled nursing beds in 11 states.

     GOVERNMENT REGULATION

          Regulations applicable to the Company's operations vary among the
     types of communities operated by the Company and from state to state. 
     Independent-living communities generally do not have any licensing
     requirements.  Assisted-living communities are subject to less regulation
     than other licensed health care providers but more regulation than
     independent-living communities.  However, the Company anticipates that
     additional regulations and licensing requirements will likely be imposed by
     the states and the federal government.  Currently, California, New Jersey,
     Ohio, Massachusetts, Texas and Florida require licenses to provide the
     assisted-living services provided by the Company.  The licensing statutes
     typically establish physical plant specifications, resident care policies
     and services, administration and staffing requirements, financial
     requirements and emergency service procedures.  The licensing process can
     take from two months to one year.  New Jersey requires Certificates of Need
     for assisted-living communities.  The Company's communities must also
     comply with the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act and are
     subject to various local building codes and other ordinances, including
     fire safety codes.  While the Company relies almost exclusively on private
     pay residents, the Company operates a nursing home

                                          50


     <PAGE>

     containing 60 beds and one adult living community operated by the Company
     contains 70 nursing home beds in which some residents rely on Medicaid.  As
     a provider of services under the Medicaid program, the Company would be
     subject to Medicaid regulations designed to limit fraud and abuse,
     violations of which could result in civil and criminal penalties and
     exclusion from participation in the Medicaid program.  Revenues derived
     from Medicaid comprise less than 1% of the Company's revenues.  The Company
     does not intend to expand its nursing home activities and intends to pursue
     an exclusively "private-pay" clientele.  The Company believes it is in
     substantial compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements.  No
     actions are pending against the Company for non-compliance with any
     regulatory requirement.

          Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances
     and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property
     may be held liable for the costs of removal or remediation of certain
     hazardous or toxic substances, including, without limitation, asbestos-
     containing materials, that could be located on, in or under such property. 
     Such laws and regulations often impose liability whether or not the owner
     or operator knows of, or was responsible for, the presence of the hazardous
     or toxic substances.  The costs of any required remediation or removal of
     these substances could be substantial and the liability of an owner or
     operator as to any property is generally not limited under such laws and
     regulations, and could exceed the property's value and the aggregate assets
     of the owner or operator.  The presence of these substances or failure to
     remediate such substances properly may also adversely affect the owner's
     ability to sell or rent the property, or to borrow using the property as
     collateral.  Under these laws and regulations, an owner, operator or any
     entity who arranges for the disposal of hazardous or toxic substances, such
     as asbestos-containing materials, at a disposal site may also be liable for
     these costs, as well as certain other costs, including governmental fines
     and injuries to persons or properties.  As a result, the presence, with or
     without the Company's knowledge, of hazardous or toxic substances at any
     property held or operated by the Company could have an adverse effect on
     the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.

          Under the ADA, all places of public accommodation are required to
     meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled
     persons.  A number of additional Federal, state and local laws exist which
     also may require modifications to existing and planned properties to create
     access to the properties by disabled persons.  While the Company believes
     that its properties are substantially in compliance with present
     requirements or are exempt therefrom, if required changes involve a greater
     expenditure than anticipated or must be made on a more accelerated basis
     than anticipated, additional costs would be incurred by the Company. 
     Further legislation may impose additional burdens or restrictions with
     respect to access by disabled persons, the costs of compliance with which
     could be substantial.

     EMPLOYEES

          As of the date hereof, the Company employs approximately 1,500
     persons, including 25 in the Company's corporate headquarters. None of the
     Company's employees is covered by collective bargaining agreements. The
     Company believes its employee relations are good.

     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

          J&B Management Company, a predecessor of the Company ("J&B Management
     Company") that managed certain multi-family properties for which the United
     States Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") provided
     mortgage insurance, was the subject of an audit and investigation by HUD
     during 1990 and 1991.  Pending the conclusion of the inquiry, J&B
     Management Company, its partners and key employees were suspended by HUD
     from the management of such multi-family properties.  On April 10, 1991,
     HUD and J&B Management Company entered into a Settlement Agreement which
     provided, among other things, that HUD vacate the suspension retroactively.
     Certain conditions were imposed in the Settlement Agreement, including that
     J&B Management Company and such principals and employees not engage in the
     management of HUD-insured properties for an indefinite period of time. 
     Pursuant to a letter agreement dated January 11, 1994, (i) J & B Management
     Company agreed to reimburse various properties for certain expenses,
     aggregating approximately $445,000, deemed not eligible by HUD, (ii) J & B
     Management Company agreed to pay HUD's costs for the audit, and to
     reimburse

                                          51


     <PAGE>

     HUD for certain subsidy overpayments, aggregating approximately $861,000,
     and (iii) all issues relating to the audit and investigation were concluded
     and fully resolved.

        
         

          The Company is involved in various lawsuits and other matters arising
     in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management of the
     Company, although the outcomes of these claims and suits are uncertain, in
     the aggregate they should not have a material adverse effect on the
     Company's financial position or results of operations.  The Company
     business entails an inherent risk of liability.  In recent years,
     participants in the long-term care industry have become subject to an
     increasing number of lawsuits alleging malpractice or related legal claims,
     many of which seek large amounts and result in significant legal costs. 
     The Company expects that from time to time it will be subject to such suits
     as a result of the nature of its business.  The Company currently maintains
     insurance policies in amounts and with such coverage and deductibles as it
     deems appropriate, based on the nature and risks of its business,
     historical experience and industry standards.  There can be no assurance,
     however, that claims in excess of the Company's insurance coverage or
     claims not covered by the Company's insurance coverage will not arise.  A
     successful claim against the Company not covered by, or in excess of, the
     Company's insurance could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
     operating results and financial condition.  Claims against the Company,
     regardless of their merit or eventual outcome, may also have a material
     adverse effect on the Company's ability to attract residents or expand its
     business and would require management to devote time to matters unrelated
     to the operation of the Company's business.  In addition, the Company's
     insurance policies must be renewed annually, and there can be no assurance
     that the Company will be able to obtain liability insurance coverage in the
     future or, if available, that such coverage will be on acceptable terms.

                                          52


     <PAGE>

                                      MANAGEMENT

     DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

          The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:

      Name               Age    Position
      ----               ---    --------
     
      John Luciani(1)    64     Chairman of the Board and Chief
                                Executive Officer
      Bernard M.         66     Chief Operating Officer, President
      Rodin(2)                  and Director

        
      John W. Luciani    44     Executive Vice President and
      III                       Director

      Paul Jawin         40     Chief Financial Officer

      Dorian Luciani     41     Senior Vice President - Acquisition
                                and Construction

      Deborah Luciani    39     Vice President - New Business
                                Development and Acquisitions

      Edward J. Glatz    54     Vice President - Construction

      Catherine V.       31     Vice President and Treasurer
      Merlino
          

      Keith Marlowe      34     Secretary

      Walter             78     Director
      Feldesman(1)(2)

      Leslie E.          53     Director
      Goodman(1)(2)

     -----------
     (1)       Member of the Compensation Committee
     (2)       Member of the Audit Committee

          JOHN LUCIANI, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of
     Directors, founded the earliest predecessor of the Company in 1969 and has
     been engaged in a number of business activities and investments since 1952.
     Commencing in 1960, he entered into the real estate development and
     construction business, concentrating initially on the development,
     construction and sale of residential high-rise apartment buildings and
     single-family homes and subsequently on the acquisition and development of
     multi-family rental housing complexes.  Since 1986, he has concentrated on
     the acquisition, development and financing of adult living communities for
     the elderly.  Mr. Luciani founded the earliest predecessor of the Company
     with Bernard M. Rodin in 1969.

          BERNARD M. RODIN, Chief Operating Officer, President and Director, has
     been engaged, since the formation of the earliest predecessor of the
     Company in 1969, in the financing of property acquisitions by arranging for
     the sale of partnership interests and in property management.  This
     activity initially focused on the Company's multi-family housing portfolio
     and, since 1986, on the Company's adult living communities.  Mr. Rodin is a
     certified public accountant and was actively engaged in the practice of
     public accounting prior to founding the earliest predecessor of the Company
     with John Luciani in 1969.

          JOHN W. LUCIANI III, Executive Vice President and Director, a son of
     John Luciani, joined the Company in 1975 and has since been actively
     involved in the management and operation of the Company's property
     portfolios, initially focusing on multi-family housing and later on the
     Company's adult-living communities.

          PAUL JAWIN, Chief Financial Officer, a son-in-law of Bernard M. Rodin,
     joined the Company in May 1991.  His activities primarily involve the
     various financial aspects of the Company's business including its debt

                                          53


     <PAGE>

     financing and matters involving the Company's equity and debt securities. 
     Mr. Jawin is an attorney and was actively engaged in a real estate/
     corporate practice prior to joining the Company.

          DORIAN LUCIANI, Senior Vice President - Acquisition and Construction,
     a son of John Luciani, joined the Company in 1977 and was initially
     involved in the acquisition, development and management of the Company's
     multi-family housing portfolio.  Later, Mr. Luciani focused exclusively on
     the acquisition and development of the Company's adult living communities.

          DEBORAH LUCIANI, Vice President - New Business Development and
     Acquisitions, a daughter of John Luciani, joined the Company in January
     1992.  Ms. Luciani is primarily involved in new business development,
     acquisitions, obtaining financing and various marketing responsibilities
     for the Company's existing and new adult living communities.  Prior to
     joining the Company, Ms. Luciani worked for Prudential Bache Securities as
     an oil futures trader from November 1988 to December 1991.

          EDWARD J. GLATZ, Vice President - Construction, joined the Company in
     September 1992 and has been actively involved in the design, site selection
     and construction for the new "Grand Court" adult living communities. 
     Additionally, Mr. Glatz supervises the capital improvements of the
     Company's real estate holdings.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Glatz
     performed asset management duties for Kovens Enterprises, a real estate
     development company, from June 1988 until September 1992.

          CATHERINE V. MERLINO, Vice President and Treasurer, joined the Company
     in September 1993, and has since been actively involved in the financial
     reporting and analysis needs of the Company.  Prior to joining the Company,
     Mrs. Merlino was a Senior Accountant from June 1989 through June 1993 and a
     Supervisor from June 1993 through September 1993 at Feldman Radin & Co.,
     P.C., a public accounting firm located in New York City.

          KEITH MARLOWE, Secretary of the Company, joined the Company in August
     1994.  From 1987 through August 1994, Mr. Marlowe, an attorney, was an
     associate in the tax department at the law firm of Reid & Priest LLP where
     he was involved in a general transactional tax practice.

          WALTER FELDESMAN, Director, has been Of Counsel to the law firm of
     Baer Marks & Upham LLP since March 1993 and for more than five years prior
     thereto was a partner of Summit, Rovins and Feldesman.  Mr. Feldesman is
     currently a Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Sterling
     Bancorp and a Director of its subsidiary, Sterling National Bank & Trust
     Co.  Mr. Feldesman is a member of the Board of Advisors of the National
     Institute on Financial Services for Elders, the National Academy of Elder
     Law Attorneys, the American Association of Homes for the Aging, the
     National Council on the Aging and American Society on Aging.  He has
     authored an article entitled "Long-Term Care Insurance Helps Preserve an
     Estate," and a soon-to-be published work entitled the Eldercare Primer
                                                           ----------------
     Series.
     ------

          LESLIE E. GOODMAN, Director, is the Area President for the North
     Jersey Region for First Union National Bank and a Senior Executive Vice
     President of First Union Corporation.  From September 1990 through January
     1994, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of First Fidelity
     Bank, N.A., New Jersey.  From January 1994 to December 1995, Mr. Goodman
     served as a Senior Executive Vice President and a Director of First
     Fidelity Bank, National Association until it was merged into First Union. 
     From January 1990 until December 1995, he also served as Senior Executive
     Vice President, member of the Office of the Chairman and a Director of
     First Fidelity Bancorporation.  Mr. Goodman served as the Chairman of the
     New Jersey Bankers Association from March 1995 to March 1996.  He is a
     member of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Audit Committee of
     Wawa Inc.

                                          54


     <PAGE>

     DIRECTOR COMPANSATION

          The Company will pay each Director who is not an employee of the
     Company $1000 per Board meeting attended and $500 per Committee meeting
     attended.  All Directors are reimbursed by the Company for their out-of-
     pocket expenses incurred in connection with attendance at meetings of, and
     other activities related to service on, the Board of Directors or any Board
     Committee.

     AUDIT COMMITTEE

          The Board of Directors established an Audit Committee in June 1996. 
     The Audit Committee is currently composed of Messrs. Rodin, Feldesman and
     Goodman.  The Audit Committee's duties include reviewing internal financial
     information, monitoring cash flow, budget variances and credit
     arrangements, reviewing the audit program of the Company, reviewing with
     the Company's independent accountants the results of all audits upon their
     completion, annually selecting and recommending independent accountants,
     overseeing the quarterly unaudited reporting process and taking such other
     action as may be necessary to assure the adequacy and integrity of all
     financial information distributed by the Company.

     COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

          The Board of Directors established a Compensation Committee in June
     1996.  The Compensation Committee is currently composed of Messrs. John
     Luciani, Feldesman and Goodman.  The Compensation Committee recommends
     compensation levels of senior management and works with senior management
     on benefit and compensation programs for Company employees.

     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

          The following table shows, as to the Chief Executive Officer and each
     of the four other most highly compensated executive officers information
     concerning compensation accrued for services to the Company in all
     capacities during the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996.

                              SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                                 
                                                                
                                         Annual Compensation
                                    ----------------------------               
                                                            
                                                        Other         All
     Name and                                          Annual        Other
     Principal                      Salary   Bonus  Compensation  Compensation
     Position            Year         ($)     ($)        ($)          ($) 
     -----------------   ----       ------   -----  ------------  ------------

     John Luciani,
     Chairman of the
     Board and Chief
     Executive          fiscal
     Officer(1)  . . .   1995        ---      ---        ---       $1,228,750

     Bernard M. Rodin,
     Chief Operating
     Officer,
     President and      fiscal
     Director(1) . . .   1995        ---      ---        ---       $1,228,750

     John W. Luciani,
     III, Executive
     Vice President     fiscal
     and Director  . .   1995     $315,000    ---        ---          ---

     Dorian Luciani,
     Senior Vice        fiscal
     President . . . .   1995     $315,000    ---        ---          ---

     Paul Jawin, Chief  fiscal
     Financial Officer   1995     $289,050    ---        ---          ---


                                          55

     <PAGE>

     ----------------------------------
        
     (1)  Messrs. Luciani and Rodin received dividends and distributions from
          the Company's predecessors but did not receive salaries.  As of April
          1, 1996 a salary for each of Messrs. Luciani and Rodin was established
          at the rate of $600,000 per year.  In the first six months of fiscal
          1996, such officers also received $450,000 each as a dividend.
        

     COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

          The Board of Directors established a Compensation Committee in June
     1996.  The Compensation Committee currently consists of Messrs. John
     Luciani, Feldesman and Goodman.  None of the executive officers of the
     Company currently serves on the compensation committee of another entity or
     on any other committee of the board of directors of another entity
     performing similar functions.  For a description of transactions between
     the Company and members of the Compensation Committee or their affiliates,
     see "Certain Transactions."

     STOCK PLANS

          1996 Stock Option and Performance Award Plan

        
          The Company has adopted the 1996 Stock Option and Performance Award
     Plan (the "Plan"), which authorizes the grant to officers, key employees
     and directors of the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company of
     incentive or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights,
     performance shares, restricted shares and performance units.  Under the
     Plan, directors who are not employees of the Company may not be granted
     incentive stock options.  The Company plans to reserve 1,250,000 shares of
     Common Stock for issuance pursuant to the Plan.  As of the date hereof, no
     options had been granted under the Plan.
         

        
          The Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors.  The Board of
     Directors will determine the prices and terms at which options may be
     granted.  Options may be exercisable in installments over the option
     period, but no options may be exercised after ten years from the date of
     grant.  Stock appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with options or
     separately.
         

        
          The exercise price of any incentive stock option granted to an
     eligible employee may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the
     shares underlying such option on the date of grant, unless such employee
     owns more than 10% of the outstanding Common Stock or stock of any
     subsidiary or parent of the Company, in which case the exercise price of
     any incentive stock option may not be less than 110% of such fair market
     value.  No option may be exercisable more than ten years after the date of
     grant and, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to an eligible
     employee owning more than 10% of the outstanding Common Stock or stock of
     any subsidiary or parent of the Company, no more than five years from its
     date of grant.  Incentive stock options are not transferable, except upon
     the death of the optionee.  In general, upon termination of employment of
     an optionee (other than due to death or disability), all options granted to
     such person which are not exercisable on the date of such termination
     immediately expire, and any options that are so exercisable will expire
     three months following termination of employment in the case of incentive
     stock options, but not until the date the options otherwise would expire in
     the case of non-qualified stock options.  However, all options will be
     forfeited immediately upon an optionee's termination of employment for good
     cause and upon an optionee's voluntary termination of employment without
     the consent of the Board of Directors.
         

          Upon an optionee's death or termination of employment due to
     disability, all options will become 100% vested and will be exercisable (i)
     in the case of death, by the estate or other beneficiary of the optionee at
     any time prior to the date the option otherwise would expire and (ii) in
     the case of the disability of the optionee, by the optionee within one year
     of the date of such termination of employment in the case of incentive
     stock options, or at any time prior to the date the option otherwise would
     expire in the case of non-qualified stock options.

        
          At the time each grant of restricted shares or performance shares or
     units or stock appreciation rights is made, the Board of Directors will
     determine the duration of the performance or restriction period, if any,
     the
         

                                          56


     <PAGE>

     performance targets, if any, for earning performance shares or units, and
     the times at which restrictions placed on restricted shares shall lapse.

                                 CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

          In the first quarter of 1996, the Selling Stockholders reorganized
     their businesses by consolidating them into the Company.  The Selling
     Stockholders transferred all of the issued and outstanding stock of each of
     16 Sub-chapter S corporations along with various other assets and
     liabilities to the Company in exchange for 2,168,257 shares of the
     Company's Common Stock.  A partnership in which the Selling Stockholders
     are the sole partners transferred to the Company substantially all of its
     assets, subject to substantially all of its liabilities, in exchange for
     1,084,128 shares of the Company's Common Stock.  The partnership
     distributed the shares received to the Selling Stockholders.  Six Sub-
     chapter S corporations which were wholly-owned by the Selling Stockholders
     were merged into the Company.  Pursuant to the mergers the shares of the
     four merged companies were converted into an aggregate of 6,747,615 shares
     of the Company's Common Stock.  After the reorganization was complete, the
     Selling Stockholders owned an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of the
     Company's Common Stock.

          Prior to the reorganization discussed above, the business of the
     Selling Stockholders was conducted through a partnership and various Sub-
     chapter S corporations.  These entities made distributions to each of the
     Selling Stockholders of $5,495,500, $943,000, $850,000 and $124,500 in
     Fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the first quarter of the current fiscal
     year, respectively.

        
          During Fiscal 1995 and the first quarter of the current fiscal year,
     the Company paid to Francine Rodin, the wife of Bernard M. Rodin, the
     Company's Chief Operating Officer, President and a Director, $121,876 and
     $30,500, respectively, as fees for introducing to the Company
     broker/dealers that have assisted the Company in the sale of limited
     partnership interests in Investing Partnerships.  Mrs. Rodin will receive a
     fee with respect to any future sales of such limited partnership interests
     and other securities offered by the Company, including shares of Common
     Stock offered hereby, by such broker/dealers.  During Fiscal 1995 and the
     first half of the current fiscal year, Francine Rodin received consulting
     fees of $51,510 and $132,560, respectively, in connection with coordinating
     the Company's travel arrangements and marketing efforts.  Mrs. Rodin is now
     an employee of the Company and performs similar services.  
         

          Michele R. Jawin, the daughter of Mr. Rodin and wife of Paul Jawin,
     the Company's Chief Financial Officer, is Of Counsel to Reid & Priest LLP,
     which acts as securities counsel to the Company, including in connection
     with this offering.

          Messrs. Luciani and Rodin, the Chairman of the Board and President of
     the Company, respectively, and entities controlled by them serve as general
     partners (with interests ranging between 1% and 2%) of partnerships
     directly and indirectly owning multi-family properties and on account of
     such general partner status have personal liability for recourse
     partnership obligations and own small equity ownership interests in the
     partnerships.  The Company holds notes, aggregating $163.6 million, that
     are secured by the limited partnership interests in such partnerships. 
     These individuals have provided personal guarantees in certain
     circumstances to obtain mortgage financing for certain adult living
     communities operated by the Company and for certain of the Company's
     Investor Note Debt and Unsecured Debt, and the obligations thereunder may
     continue.  The aggregate amount of such debt personally guaranteed by
     Messrs. Luciani and Rodin is approximately $17.8 million and $30.6 million,
     respectively.  In addition, Messrs. Luciani and Rodin and certain employees
     will devote a portion of their time to overseeing the third-party managers
     of multi-family properties and one adult living community in which Messrs.
     Luciani and Rodin have financial interests but the Company does not.

        
          Walter Feldesman, a Director of the Company, is Of Counsel to the law
     firm of Baer Marks & Upham LLP, which acts as counsel to the Company from
     time to time.
         

                                          57


     <PAGE>

        
          Leslie E. Goodman, a Director of the  Company, is Area President for
     the North Jersey Region for First Union National Bank.  First Union is the
     registrar and transfer agent for the Common Stock and is a lender to the
     Company with $1,000,500 aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding.
         

                          PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        
          The following table sets forth certain information as of August 31,
     1996, before and after giving effect to the Minimum Offering and the
     Maximum Offering, regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company's
     Common Stock by (i) each executive officer and director of the Company,
     (ii) each stockholder known by the Company to beneficially own 5% or more
     of such Common Stock, (iii) each Selling Stockholder and (iv) all directors
     and officers as a group.  Except as otherwise indicated, the address of
     each beneficial holder of 5% or more of such Common Stock is the same as
     the Company.
         


                                                   AFTER            AFTER
                           BEFORE                  MINIMUM          MAXIMUM
                           OFFERING                OFFERING         OFFERING
                         ------------              -------------    ------------
                                        SHARES
                                       OFFERED
     BENEFICIAL OWNER    NUMBER    %     (1)       NUMBER     %     NUMBER    %
     ----------------    ------   ---  -------     ------    ---    ------   ---
                                                   
     John Luciani..... 5,000,000  50%  138,889  4,930,555.5  44%  4,861,111  39%
     
     Bernard M. 
       Rodin.......... 5,000,000  50%  138,889  4,930,555.5  44%  4,861,111  39%

     All directors and
       officers as 
       a group........10,000,000 100%  277,778  9,861,111.0  88%  9,722,222  78%

     --------------
     (1)  The number of shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders will equal
          10% of the aggregate number of shares to be sold in this Offering.

                                          58


     <PAGE>

                             DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

          Immediately prior to the closing of this Offering, the Company will
     file an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ("Certificate"). 
     The Certificate will provide for 20,000,000 authorized shares of Common
     Stock.  The Certificate also will provide for 1,000,000 authorized shares
     of Preferred Stock, par value $.0001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). 
     Upon completion of the Minimum Offering, there will be outstanding: 
     (a) 11,250,000 shares of Common Stock, consisting of (i) the 9,861,111
     shares currently owned by the Selling Stockholders and not offered hereby;
     (ii) the 1,250,000 shares to be sold by the Company hereby; and (iii) the
     138,889 shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereby; and (b) no
     shares of Preferred Stock.  Upon completion of the Maximum Offering, there
     will be outstanding: (a) 12,500,000 shares of Common Stock, consisting of
     (i) 9,722,222 shares currently owned by the Selling Stockholders and not
     offered hereby; (ii) 2,500,000 shares to be sold by the Company hereby;
     (iii) the 277,778 shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereby and
     (b) no shares of Preferred Stock.

          The following summary description relating to the Common Stock, and
     the Preferred Stock does not purport to be complete.  A description of the
     Company's capital stock is contained in the Certificate, which is filed as
     an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a
     part.  Reference is made to such exhibit for a detailed description of the
     provisions thereof summarized below.

     COMMON STOCK

          The Certificate will authorize the Company to issue 20,000,000 shares
     of Common Stock.  All shares outstanding upon completion of this offering
     will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

          Stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights or other rights
     to subscribe for additional shares.  Subject to the rights of holders of
     Preferred Stock and Long-term Debt all holders of Common Stock, regardless
     of class, are entitled to share equally on a share-for-share basis in any
     assets available for distribution to stockholders on liquidation,
     dissolution or winding up of the Company.  No shares of any class of Common
     Stock have conversion rights or are subject to redemption.

          Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends, if
     any, as may be declared by the Company's Board of Directors out of funds
     legally available therefor, but only if all dividends due on the 
     outstanding Preferred Stock have been paid.

     PREFERRED STOCK

          The authorized capital stock of the Company will include 1,000,000
     shares of Preferred Stock.  The Board of Directors is authorized to fix the
     rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of any series of Preferred
     Stock, including the dividend rights, original issue price, conversion
     rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and
     sinking fund terms thereof, and the number of shares constituting any such
     series and the designation thereof and to increase or decrease the number
     of shares of such series subsequent to the issuance of shares of such
     series (but not below the number of shares of such series then
     outstanding).  Because the terms of the Preferred Stock can be fixed by the
     Board of Directors without stockholder action, the Preferred Stock could be
     issued quickly with terms calculated to defeat a proposed takeover of the
     Company or to make the removal of management more difficult.  The Board of
     Directors, without stockholder approval, could issue Preferred Stock with
     dividend, voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the
     rights of the holders of Common Stock.  At present, the Company has no
     plans to issue any Preferred Stock.

                                          59


     <PAGE>

     CERTAIN DELAWARE LAW PROVISIONS

          Section 203 of the Delaware Law prevents an "interested stockholder"
     (defined in Section 203, generally, as a person owning 15% or more of a
     corporation's outstanding voting stock) from engaging in a "business
     combination" (as defined in Section 203) with a publicly held Delaware
     corporation for three years following the date such person became an
     interested stockholder unless:  (i) before such person became an interested
     stockholder, the board of directors of the corporation approved the
     transaction in which the interested stockholder became an interested
     stockholder or approved the business combination; (ii) upon consummation of
     the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder becoming an
     interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the
     voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
     commenced (excluding stock held by directors who are also officers of the
     corporation and by employee stock plans that do not provide employees with
     the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the
     plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer); or (iii) following
     the date on which such person became an interested stockholder, the
     business combination is approved by the board of directors of the
     corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative
     vote of the holders of 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the
     corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.  Section 203 may have
     a depressive effect on the market price of the Common Stock.

     ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF THE COMPANY'S CERTIFICATE OF
     INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

          Certain provisions of the Certificate and By-Laws of the Company
     summarized in the following paragraphs will become operative immediately
     prior to closing of this Offering and may be deemed to have an anti-
     takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt
     that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those
     attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the
     shares held by stockholders.  These provisions may have a depressive effect
     on the market price of the Common Stock.

          SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS.  The Certificate will provide that
     special meetings of stockholders of the Company may be called only by the
     Board of Directors.  This provision will make it more difficult for
     stockholders to take action opposed by the Board of Directors.  This
     provision of the Certificate may not be amended or repealed by the
     stockholders of the Company, except with the approval of the holders of
     two-thirds of the Company's outstanding Common Stock.

          NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT.  The Certificate will
     provide that no action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or
     special meeting of the stockholders of the Company may be taken without a
     meeting, and the power of stockholders of the Company to consent in
     writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically
     denied.  Such provision limits the ability of any stockholders to take
     action immediately and without prior notice to the Board of Directors. 
     Such a limitation on a majority stockholder's ability to act might impact
     such person's or entity's decision to purchase voting securities of the
     Company.  This provision of the Certificate may not be amended or repealed
     by the stockholders of the Company, except with the approval of the holders
     of two-thirds of the Company's outstanding Common Stock.

          ADVANCE NOTICE REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS AND DIRECTOR
     NOMINATIONS.  The By-Laws will provide that stockholders seeking to bring
     business before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate
     candidates for election as directors at an annual or special meeting of
     stockholders, must provide timely notice thereof in writing.  To be timely,
     a stockholder's notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the
     principal executive offices of the Company (a) in the case of an annual
     meeting that is called for a date that is within 30 days before or after
     the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of
     stockholders, not fewer than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to such
     anniversary date and (b) in the case of the annual meeting to be held
     during the first complete fiscal year following the date of this Prospectus
     and in the case of an annual meeting that is called for a date that is not
     within 30 days before or after the anniversary date of the immediately
     preceding annual meeting, or in the case of a special meeting of
     stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than
     the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of
     the date of the meeting was

                                          60


     <PAGE>

     mailed or public disclosure of the date of the meeting was made, whichever
     occurs first.  The By-Laws also will specify certain requirements for a
     stockholder's notice to be in proper written form.  These provisions may
     preclude some stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at
     an annual or special meeting or from making nominations for directors at an
     annual or special meeting.  As set forth below, the By-Laws may not be
     amended or repealed by the stockholders of the Company, except with the
     approval of holders of two-thirds of the Company's outstanding Common
     Stock.

          ADJOURNMENT OF MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.  The By-Laws will provide
     that when a meeting of stockholders of the Company is convened, the
     presiding officer, if directed by the Board of Directors, may adjourn the
     meeting, if no quorum is present for the transaction of business or if the
     Board of Directors determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate
     to enable the stockholders to consider fully information the Board of
     Directors determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to
     stockholders or to otherwise effectively exercise their voting rights. 
     This provision will, under certain circumstances, make more difficult or
     delay actions by the stockholders opposed by the Board of Directors.  The
     effect of such provision could be to delay the timing of a stockholders'
     meeting, including in cases where stockholders have brought proposals
     before the stockholders that are in opposition to those brought by the
     Board of Directors and therefore may provide the Board of Directors with
     additional flexibility in responding to such stockholder proposals.  As set
     forth below, the By-Laws may not be amended or repealed by the stockholders
     of the Company, except with the approval of holders of two-thirds of the
     Company's outstanding Common Stock.

          AMENDMENT OF THE BY-LAWS.  The Certificate will provide that the By-
     Laws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors and may not be
     amended or repealed by the stockholders of the Company, except with the
     consent of holders of two-thirds of the Company's outstanding Common Stock.
     This provision will make it more difficult for stockholders to make changes
     to the By-Laws that are opposed by the Board of Directors.  This provision
     of the Certificate may not be amended or repealed by the stockholders of
     the Company, except with the approval of the holders of two-thirds of the
     Company's outstanding Common Stock.

     Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The Company's transfer agent and registrar will be First Union
     National Bank.

                           SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for securities
     of the Company.  No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that
     market sales of shares of Common Stock or the availability of shares of
     Common Stock for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to
     time.  Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock of the
     Company in the public market after the lapse of the restrictions described
     below could adversely affect the prevailing market price and the ability of
     the Company to raise equity capital in the future at a time and price it
     deems appropriate.

          Upon completion of the Minimum Offering, the Company will have
     outstanding 11,250,000 shares of Common Stock.  Upon completion of the
     Maximum Offering, the Company will have outstanding 12,500,000 shares of
     Common Stock.  Of these shares, 1,388,889 shares of Common Stock,
     representing all of the shares sold in the Minimum Offering, or 2,777,778
     shares of Common Stock, representing all of the shares sold in the Maximum
     Offering, as the case may be, will be freely tradeable without restriction
     or limitation under the Securities Act, except for shares, if any,
     purchased by an "affiliate" of the Company (as defined in the rules and
     regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act) which shares will
     be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 
     The remaining outstanding shares are "restricted" shares within the meaning
     of Rule 144 (the "Restricted Shares").  The Restricted Shares outstanding
     on the date hereof were issued and sold by the Company in private
     transactions in reliance upon exemptions from registration under the
     Securities Act and may be sold only

                                          61


     <PAGE>

     if they are registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from
     registration, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the
     Securities Act, is available.

          In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, any person (or
     persons whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who has
     beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at least a two-year period (as
     computed under Rule 144) is entitled to sell within any three-month period
     a number of such shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the
     then outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately 112,500 shares after
     giving effect to the Minimum Offering and approximately 125,000 shares
     after giving effect to the Maximum Offering) and (ii) the average weekly
     trading volume in the Company's Common Stock during the four calendar weeks
     immediately preceding such sale.  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to
     certain provisions relating to the manner and notice of sale and the
     availability of current public information about the Company.  A person (or
     persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed an affiliate of the
     Company at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding a sale, and
     who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at least a three-year
     period (as computed under Rule 144), would be entitled to sell such shares
     under Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume limitation and other
     conditions described above.

                                 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

          The shares of Common Stock are being offered on a "best-efforts" basis
     through Participating Dealers ("Participating Dealers") who are members of
     the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD").  The
     Company also intends to offer shares of the Common Stock directly through
     the efforts of its officers, directors and employees.  Bernard M. Rodin,
     the Company's Chief Operating Officer, President and Director, and Noel
     Marcus, Director of Investor Relations of the Company, will act as the
     principal selling agents of the Company in connection with such direct
     offerings.

          The Company has agreed to indemnify all Participating Dealers against
     certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of
     1933.  The Company will pay the Participating Dealers a selling commission
     of up to 6% of the offering price ($1.08 per share) for all shares of
     Common Stock sold.  The foregoing will be paid upon the closing of the
     offering.  In addition, the Company will reimburse Participating Dealers
     for due diligence expenses and provide a non-accountable expense allowance
     in the aggregate amount of up to 1% per share ($.18 per share) and will pay
     wholesalers or finders fees in the aggregate amount of up to 1% per share
     ($.18 per share).  No Participating Dealers are affiliated with the
     Company.

          The following Participating Dealers have entered into Selling Agency
     Agreements with the Company:

        
               Ameriprop, Inc.                    KRK Ltd.
               Asset Allocations Securities Corp. NI Securities Corporation
               Buckhead Financial Corporation     Princeton Equity
                                                    Securities, Inc.
               Centennial Capital Management      Retirement Investment Group
               Chapel Hill Securities             Round Hill Securities
               Dominion Capital Corporation       SFI Investment, Inc.
               First Associated Securities        Schild Asset Management, Inc.
               1st Global Capital Corp.           Strategic Assets Inc.
               FFP Securities, Inc.               Sunpoint Securities, Inc.
               H.J. Meyers & Co., Inc.            TFS Securities, Inc.
               Investech Capital Corporation      Wharton Equity Corporation
               Investment Opportunity Corporation World Invest Corporation
         

           There is no lead underwriter for this offering.  Participating
     Dealers will execute Selling Agency Agreements with the Company; however,
     such Participating Dealers will be under no obligation to sell any or all
     of the Shares of Common Stock offered hereby.  Under the Selling Agency
     Agreement, the Participating Dealers      

                                          62

     <PAGE>

        
     will agree to use their best efforts to solicit indications of interest
     and, after the effective date of the Registration Statement for which this
     Prospectus constitutes a part, subscriptions for the purchase of the shares
     of Common Stock.  Each Selling Agency Agreement may be terminated by either
     party thereto at any time.  There are no volume sales limitation in any
     such agreements.  The Division of Corporation Finance of the U.S.
     Securities and Exchange Commission has taken the position that any
     broker/dealer that sells shares of Common Stock in the offering may be
     deemed an underwriter as defined in Section 2(11) of the Securities Act of
     1933, as amended.  The Company reserves the right to enter into Selling
     Agency Agreements with additional Participating Dealers after the
     commencement of this offering.  There is no assurance that, even if any
     Participating Dealers sell the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, a
     court of competent jurisdiction or arbitration panel would deem any such
     Participating Dealer to be an underwriter as so defined.
         

          The shares of Common Stock are being offered subject to prior sale,
     withdrawal, cancellation or modification of the offer, including its
     structure, terms and conditions, without notice.  The Company reserves the
     right, in its sole discretion, to reject, in whole or in part, any offer to
     purchase the shares of Common Stock.

          The Company intends to sell the shares of Common Stock in this
     offering only in the states in which the offering is qualified.  An offer
     to purchase may only be made and the purchase of the shares of Common Stock
     may only be negotiated and consummated in such states.  The Subscription
     Form for the shares of Common Stock must be executed, and the shares of
     Common Stock may be delivered only in, such states.  Resale or transfer of
     the shares of Common Stock may be restricted under state law.

        
          Until at least 1,388,889 shares of Common Stock are sold, the
     proceeds of the offering will be held in escrow by First Union National
     Bank (the "Escrow Agent").  If at least 1,388,889 shares of Common Stock
     are not sold within 60 days from the date of this Prospectus (subject to an
     extension of up to 60 days at the sole discretion of the Company), the
     offering will terminate and such proceeds will be promptly returned to
     subscribers, without interest or deductions. Shares of Common Stock sold to
     officers, directors or employees of the Company or its affiliates will not
     be counted for purposes of determining whether such number of shares has
     been sold.
         

          If the Company does not terminate the offering earlier, which it may,
     in its sole discretion, the offering of shares of Common Stock will
     continue until the Company raises an aggregate of $50,000,004, provided
     that the offering period for all of the shares of Common Stock of the
     Company will not exceed 120 days from the date of this Prospectus.

          No sale of the shares of Common Stock will be made by the Company to
     any prospective investor who has not received a copy of this Prospectus at
     least 48 hours prior to the confirmation of a sale of shares hereunder.

          Upon reaching a decision to invest in the shares, prospective
     investors who intend to purchase shares directly from the Company must
     deliver to the Company a completed Subscription Form and payment in the
     appropriate amount.  Prospective investors who intend to purchase shares
     through a Participating Dealer should also deliver a completed Subscription
     Form and payment in the appropriate amount directly to that Participating
     Dealer.  Regardless of whether prospective investors offer to purchase
     shares of Common Stock from the Company or from a Participating Dealer, all
     checks for the purchase of shares should be made payable to "First Union
     National Bank - Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. -Escrow Account."

          Acceptance of a prospective investor as a purchaser of the shares of
     Common Stock will occur when the Company executes the Subscription Form. 
     The Company will send an executed copy of the Subscription Form to each
     investor who purchases shares of Common Stock after acceptance by the
     Company, or will direct the Escrow Agent to return the prospective
     investor's check should the offer to invest not be accepted.

          The Participating Dealers have agreed in accordance with the
     provisions of Rule 15c2-4 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange
     Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to cause
     all funds received upon subscription for shares of Common Stock to be
     forwarded to the Escrow Agent upon the receipt of

                                          63


     <PAGE>

     the executed Subscription Form and related funds by the Participating
     Dealer by or before noon of the next business day following the
     subscription for said shares of Common Stock.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the
     Common Stock.  The initial public offering price has been unilaterally
     determined by the Company without being negotiated with an underwriter or
     other third party.  Among the factors considered by the Company in
     determining the price were the history of, and the prospects for, the
     Company and the industry in which it competes, its past and present
     operations, its past and present earnings and the trend of such earnings,
     the prospects for future earnings, the present state of the Company's
     development, the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
     this offering, and the recent market prices of publicly traded common
     stocks of comparable companies.

          Francine Rodin, the wife of Bernard M. Rodin, has been a paid
     consultant to the Company, and is now an employee of the Company, who
     coordinates the Company's travel arrangements and marketing efforts.  Mrs.
     Rodin is also a registered representative of a Participating Dealer and
     will receive approximately 83% of the commissions earned by said
     Participating Dealer for shares sold by her.  Mrs. Rodin will also receive
     finders fees equal to 1% of purchase price of shares sold by other
     Participating Dealers she introduces to the Company.

          Noel Marcus, the Company's Director of Investor Relations, is a
     registered representative of a Participating Dealer.  He will receive
     commissions for shares of Common Stock sold by him in that capacity.

                                    LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the Common Stock being offered hereby will be passed
     upon for the Company by Reid & Priest LLP.
                                       EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements and financial statement
     schedule of the Company as of January 31, 1995 and 1996 and for each of the
     three years in the period ended January 31, 1996, included in this
     Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Deloitte &
     Touche LLP, independent accountants, as set forth in their reports thereon
     appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report
     given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and
     auditing.

                                ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

          The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on
     Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock offered
     hereby.  This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration
     Statement, omits certain of the information contained in the Registration
     Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto on file with the
     Commission pursuant to the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of
     the Commission thereunder.  For further information with respect to the
     Company and the Common Stock, reference is made to the Registration
     Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto.  The Registration
     Statement, including exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected and
     copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at
     450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the
     Commission's Regional Offices at 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York
     10048, and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
     Chicago, Illinois 60661, and copies may be obtained at the prescribed rates
     from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at its principal office
     in Washington, D.C.  Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the
     contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily
     complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such
     contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration
     Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such
     reference.

                                          64


     <PAGE>

          The Company intends to furnish to its stockholders annual reports
     containing financial statements audited by an independent certified public
     accounting firm and quarterly reports containing unaudited financial
     information for the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

                                          65


     <PAGE>



                    GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
                                      ----------



                      INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                      ----------


                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

     Independent Auditors' Report                                          F-2

        
     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 1995
      and 1996 and July 31, 1996                                           F-3

     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years
      ended January 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Three
      Months ended July 31, 1995 and 1996 and the Six
      Months ended July 31, 1995 and 1996                                  F-4

     Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders'
      Equity for the Years Ended January 31, 1994, 1995
      and 1996 and the Six Months ended July 31, 1996                      F-5

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years
      Ended January 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the Six
      Months ended July 31, 1996                                           F-6
         

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                            F-7

                                         F-1


     <PAGE>

     INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


     To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
     Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc.
     Boca Raton, Florida

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Grand Court
     Lifestyles, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 1996 and 1995 and the
     related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and
     cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31,
     1996.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of
     the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
     these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
     standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
     obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
     of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
     evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
     statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
     used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
     the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits
     provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
     present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Grand
     Court Lifestyles, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 1996 and 1995,
     and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
     three years in the period ended January 31, 1996 in conformity with
     generally accepted accounting principles.


     /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
	
     DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
     New York, New York
     April 26, 1996, except for Note 11, which is as of June 11, 1996

                                         F-2


     <PAGE>

     GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
     (In Thousands, except per share data)
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------

        
                                      JANUARY 31,         JULY 31,
                                  ------------------     ----------

                                                        (UNAUDITED)

                                   1995         1996        1996
                                   ----         ----        ----

     ASSETS

     Cash and cash
     equivalents . . . . . .   $ 10,950     $ 17,961     $  7,190
     Notes and receivables -
     net . . . . . . . . . .    220,014      223,736      226,044

     Investments in
     partnerships  . . . . .      3,002        3,794        3,779

                                 15,081       15,251       17,351
     Other assets - net  . .   --------     --------     --------

                               $249,047     $260,742     $254,364
     Total assets  . . . . .   ========     ========     ========

     LIABILITIES AND
     STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     Loans and accrued
     interest payable  . . .   $127,355     $140,094     $132,631

     Notes and commissions
     payable . . . . . . . .      3,569        1,684        1,374

     Other liabilities . . .      2,000        4,018        7,099

                                 84,955       79,442       77,748
     Deferred income . . . .   --------     --------     --------

     Total liabilities . . .    217,879      225,238      218,852
     Commitments and
     contingencies

     Stockholders' equity

     Common Stock, $.10 par
     value - authorized,
     10,000 shares; issued
     and outstanding, 9,224
     shares  . . . . . . . .          1            1            1
     Paid-in capital . . . .     31,167       35,503       35,916

                                     --           --         (405)
     Accumulated deficit . .   --------     --------     --------

     TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS'         31,168       35,504       35,512
     EQUITY  . . . . . . . .   --------     --------     --------

     Total liabilities and     $249,047     $260,742     $254,364
     stockholders' equity  .   ========     ========     ========
     <?r> 

     See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                         F-3


     <PAGE>

     GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
     (In Thousands, except per share data)
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------


     
    
   
                                     YEARS ENDED
                                     JANUARY 31,
                           ------------------------------

                             1994       1995        1996
                             ----       ----        ----

     Revenues:

       Sales . . . . . .  $29,461     $29,000    $41,407

       Deferred income
       earned  . . . . .    6,668       3,518      9,140

       Interest income .   13,315       9,503     12,689

       Property
       management fees
       from related
       parties . . . . .    4,124       4,516      4,666

                               --          --      1,013
       Other income  . . --------    --------    -------
                           53,568      46,537     68,915
                         --------    --------    -------

     Cost and Expenses:

       Cost of sales . .   26,548      21,249     27,112

       Selling . . . . .    6,706       6,002      7,664

       Interest  . . . .   10,991      13,610     15,808

       General and
       administrative  .    5,271       6,688      8,475

       Officers'
       Compensation  . .    1,200       1,200      1,200

       Depreciation and     1,433       2,290      2,620
       amortization  . . --------    --------   --------
                           52,149      51,039     62,879
                         --------    --------   --------

     Income (loss)
     before provision
     (benefit) for
     income taxes  . . .    1,419      (4,502)     6,036

     Provision (benefit)       --          --         --
     for income taxes  . --------    --------   --------

     Net income (loss) .    1,419      (4,502)     6,036

     Pro forma income
     tax provision            568      (1,801)     2,414
     (benefit) . . . . . --------    --------   --------

     Pro forma net       $    851    $ (2,701)  $  3,622
     income (loss) . . . ========    ========   ========

     Pro forma earnings
     (loss) per common   $    .09    $  (.27)   $    .36
     share . . . . . . . ========    =======    ========
         
     
        
                             THREE MONTHS ENDED    SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                  JULY 31,              JULY 31
                             ------------------    ----------------
                                (UNAUDITED)           (UNAUDITED)

                              1995       1996       1995       1996
                              ----       ----       ----       ----

     Revenues:

       Sales . . . . . . . $14,209    $ 8,093    $19,991    $18,836

       Deferred income
       earned  . . . . . .   2,285         --      4,570         --

       Interest income . .   2,919      1,938      7,030      7,886

       Property management
       fees from related
       parties . . . . . .   1,361        696      2,890      1,559

                               925         --        925         --
       Other income  . . . -------    -------    -------    -------
                            21,699     10,727     35,406     28,281
                           -------    -------    -------    -------

     Cost and Expenses:

       Cost of sales . . .  10,797      4,338     14,855      9,323

       Selling . . . . . .   2,462      1,692      3,854      3,489

       Interest  . . . . .   3,489      3,774      7,891      7,802

       General and
       administrative  . .   1,722      1,543      3,586      4,099

       Officers'
       Compensation  . . .     300        300        600        600

       Depreciation and        928        795      1,491      1,730
       amortization  . . . -------    -------    -------    -------
                            19,698     12,442     32,277     27,043
                           -------    -------    -------    -------

     Income (loss) before
     provision (benefit)
     for income taxes  . .   2,001     (1,715)     3,129      1,238

     Provision (benefit)        --        (64)        --        330
     for income taxes  . . -------    -------    -------    -------

     Net income (loss) . .   2,001     (1,651)     3,129        908

     Pro forma income tax      800       (830)     1,252        165
     provision (benefit) . -------    -------    -------    -------

     Pro forma             $ 1,201    $  (821)   $ 1,877    $   743
     net income (loss) . . =======    =======    =======    =======

     Pro forma earnings
     (loss) per common     $   .12    $  (.08)   $   .19    $   .07
     share . . . . . . . . =======    =======    =======    =======
         

     See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                         F-4


     <PAGE>

     GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

        
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
     YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996 AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JULY 31,
     1996
         
     (In Thousands)
     -----------------------------------------------------------------
     Stockholders' equity,                         
      January 31, 1993 . . . . . . .               $47,128

       Net income  . . . . . . . . .                 1,419

       Dividends . . . . . . . . . .               (10,991)
                                                   -------

     Stockholders' equity,                         
      January 31, 1994 . . . . . . .                37,556

       Net loss  . . . . . . . . . .                (4,502)

       Dividends . . . . . . . . . .                (1,886)
                                                   -------

     Stockholders' equity,                          
      January 31, 1995 . . . . . . .                31,168

       Net income  . . . . . . . . .                 6,036

       Dividends . . . . . . . . . .                (1,700)
                                                   -------

     Stockholders' equity,                         
      January 31, 1996 . . . . . . .               $35,504

        
       Net income (unaudited)  . . .                   908

       Dividends (unaudited) . . . .                  (900)
                                                   -------

     Stockholders' equity,                         $35,512
      July 31, 1996 (unaudited)  . .               =======
        

     See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                         F-5


     <PAGE>

     GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
     (In Thousands)
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                ----------------------

                                            1994         1995         1996
                                            ----         ----         ----
     Cash flows from operating
      activities:

       Net income (loss) . . . . . . .    $ 1,419      $(4,502)     $ 6,036
                                          -------      -------      -------
       Adjustments to reconcile net
       income to net cash provided by
       operating activities:

         Amortization and depreciation      1,433        2,290        2,620

         Deferred income earned  . . .     (6,668)      (3,518)      (9,140)

       Adjustment for changes in
       assets and liabilities:

         Accrued interest income on
         notes receivable and receipt
         of notes receivable . . . . .     (1,241)         174       (2,560)

         (Increase) decrease in notes
         and receivables . . . . . . .      7,945        7,223       (1,162)

         Increase (decrease) in
         commissions payable . . . . .      1,011         (501)        (244)

         Increase (decrease) in other
         liabilities . . . . . . . . .     (1,278)        (506)       2,018

         Increase (decrease) in             4,401          632        3,627
         deferred income . . . . . . .    -------      -------      -------
                                            5,603        5,794       (4,841)
                                          -------      -------      -------

           Net cash provided (used) by      7,022        1,292        1,195
           operating activities  . . .    -------      -------      -------

     Cash flows from investing
     activities:

       (Increase) decrease in                (641)        (736)        (792)
       investments . . . . . . . . . .    -------      -------      -------

           Net cash provided (used) by       (641)        (736)        (792)
           investing activities  . . .    -------      -------      -------

     Cash flows used in financing
     activities:

       Decrease in loans payable . . .    (21,629)     (31,311)     (39,326)

       Increase in loans and accrued
       interest payable  . . . . . . .     34,429       44,014       52,065

       (Increase) decrease in other
       assets  . . . . . . . . . . . .     (2,701)      (7,180)      (2,790)

       Payments of notes payable . . .     (2,609)      (2,578)      (1,641)

       (Dividends) Contributions . . .    (10,991)      (1,886)      (1,700)
                                          -------      -------      -------
           Net cash provided (used) in     (3,501)       1,059        6,608
           financing activities  . . .    -------      -------      -------

     Increase (decrease) in cash and
     cash equivalents  . . . . . . . .      2,880        1,615        7,011

     Cash and cash equivalents,             6,455        9,335       10,950
     beginning of period . . . . . . .    -------      -------      -------

     Cash and cash equivalents, end of    $ 9,335      $10,950      $17,961
     period  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    =======      =======      =======

     Supplemental information:
       Interest paid . . . . . . . . .    $10,710      $12,914      $16,922
                                          =======      =======      =======
                                                                        

        
                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED JULY 31,
                                               -------------------------
                                                      (UNAUDITED)

                                                  1995           1996
                                                  ----           ----
     Cash flows from operating activities:

       Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . .       $ 3,129         $   908
                                                 -------         -------
       Adjustments to reconcile net income
       to net cash provided by operating
       activities:

         Amortization and depreciation . .         1,491           1,730

         Deferred income earned  . . . . .        (4,570)             --

       Adjustment for changes in assets and
        liabilities:

         Accrued interest income on notes
         receivable and receipt of notes
         receivable  . . . . . . . . . . .         1,800           5,234

         (Increase) decrease in notes and
         receivables . . . . . . . . . . .       (10,167)         (7,542)

         Increase (decrease) in commissions
         payable . . . . . . . . . . . . .          (653)           (219)

         Increase (decrease) in other
         liabilities . . . . . . . . . . .           515           3,081

         Increase (decrease) in deferred           3,392          (1,694)
         income  . . . . . . . . . . . . .       -------         -------
                                                  (8,192)            590
                                                 -------         -------

           Net cash provided (used) by            (5,063)          1,498
           operating activities  . . . . .       -------         -------

     Cash flows from investing activities:

       (Increase) decrease in investments           (154)             15
                                                 -------         -------

           Net cash provided (used) by              (154)             15
           investing activities  . . . . .       -------         -------

     Cash flows used in financing
     activities:

       Decrease in loans payable . . . . .       (22,891)        (32,307)

       Increase in loans and accrued
       interest payable  . . . . . . . . .        26,328          24,844

       (Increase) decrease in other assets         2,062          (3,830)

       Payments of notes payable . . . . .        (1,079)            (91)

       (Dividends) Contributions . . . . .        (1,127)           (900)
                                                 -------         -------

           Net cash provided (used) in             3,293         (12,284)
           financing activities  . . . . .       -------         -------

     Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
     equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . .        (1,924)        (10,771)

     Cash and cash equivalents, beginning         10,950          17,961
     of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       -------         -------

     Cash and cash equivalents, end of           $ 9,026         $ 7,190
     period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       =======         =======

     Supplemental information:

       Interest paid . . . . . . . . . . .       $ 7,326         $ 7,650
                                                 =======         =======
         

     See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                         F-6

     <PAGE>

     GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        
     YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31,
     1996 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1996
         
     (Information pertaining to the period July 31, 1996 is unaudited)
     (In Thousands)
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------


     1.   ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

          Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company") was formed pursuant to
          the merger of various Sub-chapter S corporations which were wholly-
          owned by the Selling Stockholders and the transfer of certain assets
          by and assumption of certain liabilities of (i) a partnership that was
          wholly-owned by the Selling Stockholders and (ii) the Selling
          Stockholders individually.  In exchange for the transfer of such
          stock, assets and liabilities, the Selling Stockholders received
          shares of the Company's common stock.  These transactions are
          collectively called the"reorganization".  All of the assets and
          liabilities of the reorganization were transferred at historical cost.
          The reorganization was effective as of April 1, 1996.  Prior to the
          reorganization, the various Sub-chapter S corporations and the
          partnership, which were wholly-owned by the Selling Stockholders, were
          historically reported on a combined basis.  The Company, a fully
          integrated provider of adult living accommodations and services,
          acquires, finances, develops and manages adult living communities.  As
          a result of the Company's financing activities, limited partnerships
          ("Investing Partnerships") are formed whereby the Company retains a 1%
          to 1.5% general partnership interest.

          LINE OF BUSINESS -- The Company's revenues have been and are expected
          to continue to be primarily derived from sales of partnership
          interests in partnerships it organizes to finance the acquisition of
          existing adult living communities.  Investing Partnerships generally
          own a 98.5% to 99% interest in partnerships that own adult living
          communities ("Owning Partnerships").  The Company also arranges for
          the mortgage financing of the adult living communities and is involved
          in the development and management of adult living communities. 
          Another source of income is interest income on notes receivable.

          The adult living communities and multi-family properties are located
          throughout the United States.  The Company as of January 31, 1996
          manages approximately 28 adult living centers.

     2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

          CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- The Company considers cash and cash
          equivalents to include cash on hand, demand deposits and highly liquid
          investments with maturities of three months or less.

          REVENUE RECOGNITION -- Revenue from sales of interests in partnerships
          as discussed in Note 1, is recognized under the full accrual method of
          accounting when the profit on the transaction is determinable, that
          is, the collectibility of the sales price is reasonably assured and
          the earnings process is virtually complete.  The Company determines
          the collectibility of the sales price by evidence supporting the
          buyers' substantial initial and continuing investment in the adult
          living communities as well as other factors such as age, location and
          cash flow of the underlying property.

        
          The Company has deferred income on sales to Investing Partnerships of
          interests in Owning Partnerships.  The Company has arranged for the
          private placement of limited partnership interests in Investing
          Partnerships.  Offerings of interests in Investing Partnerships which
          were formed to acquire controlling interests in Owning Partnerships
          which own adult living properties ("Adult Living Owning Partnerships")
          provide that the limited partners will receive guaranteed
          distributions during each of the first five years of their investment
          equal to between 11% to 12% of their then paid-in capital
          contributions.  Pursuant to management contracts with the Adult Living
          Owning Partnerships, the Company is required to pay to the Adult
          Living Owning Partnerships, and the Adult Living Owning Partnerships
          distribute to the Investing Partnership for distribution to limited
          partners, amounts sufficient to fund any part of such guaranteed
          return not paid from cash flow from the related property.  The amount
          of deferred income for each property is calculated at the beginning of
          each fiscal year in a multi-step process.  First, based on the
          property's cash flow in the previous fiscal year, the probable cash
          flow for the property for the current fiscal year is determined and
          that amount is initially assumed to be constant for each remaining
          year of the guaranty period (the "Initial Cash Flow").  The Initial
          Cash Flow is then compared to the guaranteed return obligation for the
          property for each remaining year of the guaranty period.  If the
          Initial Cash Flow exceeds the guaranteed return 
         

                                      F-7
     <PAGE>
 
        
          obligation for any fiscal year, the excess Initial Cash Flow is added
          to the assumed Initial Cash Flow for the following fiscal year and 
          this adjusted Initial Cash Flow is then compared to the guaranteed 
          return obligation for said following fiscal year.  If the Initial 
          Cash Flow is less than the guaranteed return obligation for any 
          fiscal year, a deferred income liability is created in an amount 
          equal to such shortfall and no adjustment is made to the Initial Cash
          Flow for the following year.  As this process is performed for each 
          property every year, changes in a property's actual cash flow will
          result in changes to the assumed Initial Cash Flow utilized in this 
          process and will result in increases or decreases to the deferred 
          income liability for the property.  Any deferred income liability
          created in the year the interest in the Owning Partnership is sold
          reduces revenues relating to the sale.  The payment of the 
          guaranteed obligations, however, will generally not result in the 
          recognition of expense unless the property's actual cash flow for
          the year is less than the Initial Cash Flow for the year, as 
          adjusted, and as a result thereof, the amount paid by the Company 
          in respect of the guaranteed return obligations is greater than 
          the amount assumed in establishing the deferred income liability.
          If, however, the property's actual cash flow is greater than the 
          Initial Cash Flow for the year, as adjusted, the Company's earnings
          will be enhanced by the recognition of deferred income earned
          and, to the extent cash flow exceeds guaranteed returns, management
          fees.
         

        
          The Company accounts for the sales of controlling interests in Owning
          Partnerships which own multi-family properties ("Multi-Family Owning
          Partnerships") under the installment method.  Under the installment
          method the gross profit is determined at the time of sale.  The
          revenue recorded in any given year would equal the cash collections
          multiplied by the gross profit percentage.  The Company has deferred
          all future income to be recognized on these transactions.  Losses on
          these projects are recognized immediately upon sale.
         

        
          ALLOWANCE ON NOTES RECEIVABLE -- In the event that the facts and
          circumstances indicate that the collectibility of a note may be
          impaired, an evaluation of recoverability is performed.  If an
          evaluation is performed, the Company compares the recorded value of
          the note to the value of the underlying property less any encumbrances
          to determine if a write-down to market value is required.  Interest
          income on impaired notes is recognized on the cash basis.
         

          ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES -- The preparation of financial statements in
          accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires
          management to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect
          the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the
          financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses
          during the reported period.  Actual results could differ from those
          estimates.

          DEFERRED FINANCING AND DEBT EXPENSE -- Costs incurred in connection
          with obtaining long-term financing have been capitalized and are
          amortized over the term of the financing.

        
          DEFERRED PROJECT COSTS -- Costs incurred in connection with the
          construction and development of adult living communities the Company
          intends to build.  Such costs include the capitalization of interest
          during the construction period.
         

          INVESTMENTS -- The Company accounts for its interest in limited
          partnerships under the equity method of accounting.  The Company uses
          this method because as the general partner it can exercise significant
          influence over the operating and financial policies of such
          partnerships.  Under this method the Company records its share of
          income and loss of the entity as well as any distributions or
          contributions as an increase or decrease to the investment account. 
          The carrying amount of the investments in limited partnerships differs
          from the Company's underlying equity interest based upon its stated
          ownership percentages.  Such differences are attributable to the
          disproportionate amount of money and notes invested in the entities by
          the Company for its equity interest as compared to the other
          investors.  This difference is being amortized over the life of the
          underlying partnership assets.

          MANAGEMENT FEES -- Property management fees earned for services
          provided to related parties are recognized as revenue when related
          services have been performed.

          PRO FORMA INCOME TAXES -- The Reorganization occurred subsequent to
          year end and, as such, income tax provisions at a combined Federal and
          state tax rate of 40% have been provided on a pro forma basis.  The
          various Sub-chapter S corporations which were either merged into or
          acquired by the Company and the partnership which transferred assets
          to the Company were not required to pay taxes because any taxes were
          the responsibility of the Seller Stockholders who were the sole
          shareholders and partners of those entities.

     3.   FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

          In December 1991, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
          Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosure about
          Fair Value of Financial Instruments."  The Company is unable to
          determine the fair value of its notes and receivables as such
          instruments do not have a ready market.  Other financial instruments
          are believed to be stated at approximately their fair value.

                                         F-8


     <PAGE>

     4.   NOTES AND RECEIVABLES

          Notes and other receivables are from related parties and consist of
     the following:

        
                                                JANUARY 31,          JULY 31,
                                                -----------          --------

                                            1995          1996         1996
                                            ----          ----         ----
      Notes and accrued interest
      receivable (a) and (b)  . . . . .  $178,706      $176,403     $176,478

      Other receivables (c) . . . . . .    46,984        53,145       53,955

                                            7,324         7,188        7,111
      Mortgages (d) . . . . . . . . . .  --------      --------     --------
                                          233,014       236,736      237,544

      Less allowance for uncollectible     13,000        13,000       11,500
      receivables . . . . . . . . . . .  --------      --------     --------
                                         $220,014      $223,736     $226,044
                                         ========      ========     ========
         


        
          At January 31, 1996 and July 31, 1996 the carrying value of impaired
     notes receivable, net of deferred income, were approximately $48,900 and
     $30,600, respectively.
         

        
          (a)  The Company has notes receivable from the Investing Partnerships
               which were formed to acquire controlling interests in Owning
               Partnerships which own adult living communities.  Such notes
               generally have interest rates ranging from 11% to 13.875% and are
               due in installments over five years from the date of acquisition
               of the respective controlling interests.  The notes represent
               senior indebtedness of the related Investing Partnerships, and
               are collateralized by the respective interests in the Owning
               Partnerships.  Principal and interest payments on each note are
               also collateralized by the investor notes payable to the
               Investing Partnerships to which the investors are admitted.  The
               Company has recorded the notes receivable net of loans from the
               Investing Partnerships (which loans represent the proceeds of the
               investor note prepayments) and, as a result thereof, such notes
               receivable constitute none of the amounts shown for January 31,
               1995 and $2,378 of the amount shown for January 31, 1996 and
               $2,182 of the amounts shown for July 31, 1996.
         

          (b)  The Company has notes receivable from the Investing Partnerships
               which were formed to acquire controlling interests in Owning
               Partnerships which own multi-family properties.  The notes have
               maturity dates ranging from ten to fifteen years from the date of
               the acquisition of the respective controlling interests.  Several
               notes have reached their final maturity dates and these final
               maturity dates have been extended by the Company.  It is the
               Company's intention to collect the principal and interest
               payments on the aforementioned notes from the cash flows
               distributed by the related multi-family properties and the
               proceeds in the event of a sale or refinancing.  Except as set
               forth in footnote (a), all amounts shown in notes and accrued
               interest receivable relate to the aforementioned notes receivable
               in respect of multi-family properties.

          (c)  Other receivables represent reimbursable expenses and advances
               made to the limited partnerships.  These amounts do not bear
               interest and have no specific repayment date.

        
          (d)  The mortgages bear interest at rates ranging from 8% to 9%.  The
               mortgages are generally collateralized by a mortgage lien on the
               related adult living communities.  As of July 31, 1996 all
               mortgage receivables were paid in full.  The Company extended a
               bridge loan in the amount of approximately $7,000 to one of the
               Owning Partnerships as of July 31, 1996.  The loan bore interest
               at 8.5% and was paid in full by mid August, 1996.
         

                                         F-9


     <PAGE>


     5.   OTHER ASSETS

     Other assets is comprised as follows:

        
                                                   JANUARY 31,        JULY 31,
                                                   -----------        --------

                                                 1995       1996        1996
                                                 ----       ----        ----


      Deferred loan costs . .       (a)         6,910      7,994       6,945

      Investment in Caton . .       (b)         1,854      1,854       1,854
      Unsold subscription           (c)            --        595         971
      units . . . . . . . . .

      Investment held for           (d)         4,396         --          --
      resale  . . . . . . . .
      Deferred registration         (e)                      833       1,329
      costs . . . . . . . . .

      Deferred project costs        (f)            --         --       2,033

      Other assets                              1,921      3,975       4,219
                                              -------    -------     -------


                                               15,081     15,251      17,351
                                              =======    =======     =======
         

        
     (a)  Financing costs of $2,410, $3,578 and $589 were capitalized during the
          years ended January 31, 1995, 1996 and the period ended July 31, 1996
          respectively.  These costs are being amortized over periods ranging
          from one to ten years.
         

        
     (b)  The Company has approximately a 50% equity interest in Caton
          Associates, a limited partnership which owns a mortgage loan
          collateralized by interests in a cooperative apartment building.  The
          Company's equity interest in this partnership totaled $466 at
          January 31, 1995, 1996 and July 31, 1996.  Additionally, the Company
          owns certain cooperative apartments recorded at $1,388 at January 31,
          1995, 1996 and July 31, 1996.
         

        
     (c)  The Company has capitalized $595 and $971 of remaining costs
          associated with the financing of the acquisition of adult living
          communities by arranging for the sale of partnership interests, which
          were substantially sold at January 31, 1996 and July 31, 1996
          respectively.  Upon completion of these transactions such costs will
          be charged to cost of sales.
         

     (d)  The Company capitalized as an investment held for resale costs
          associated with the financing of the acquisition of adult living
          communities.  The costs associated with the financing accrued during
          the fiscal year ending January 31, 1996 at which time the investment
          was charged to cost of sales.

     (e)  The Company has capitalized costs relating to this initial public
          offering.  Upon the closing of this offering, these costs will be
          charged against additional paid-in capital.  However, in the event the
          public offering does not close these costs will be charged against
          operations.

        
     (f)  The Company has capitalized costs which include interest associated
          with its construction and development of properties it intends to
          build.  If a project is discontinued, any deferred project costs are
          expensed.
         
 
                                         F-10


     <PAGE>

     6.   LOANS AND ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE

          Loans payable consists of the following:

             
                                               JANUARY 31,          JULY 31,
                                          ---------------------     ----------

                                             1995         1996         1996
                                             ----         ----         ----
      Banks (including mortgages) (a)
      (b) (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 39,261     $ 41,361     $ 30,740

      Other, principally debentures (d)     88,094       98,733      101,891
                                          --------     --------     --------

                                          $127,355     $140,094     $132,631
                                          ========     ========     ========
         

        
     (a)  The bank loans bear interest per annum at the banks' prime rate plus
          1% to 3%.  The bank loans generally have terms of at least one year,
          but in the event a particular bank elects not to renew or extend the
          credit, the entire unpaid balance is converted to a term loan which
          self-liquidates in four to five years.  Generally the bank loans are
          collateralized by the Company's entitlement to the assigned limited
          partner investor notes which serve as collateral for the respective
          purchase notes.  The prime interest rate at January 31, 1996 and July
          31, 1996 was 8.5% and 8.25% respectively.
         

        
     (b)  In addition to the aforementioned bank loans, the Company had three
          additional loans from banks.  Each of the loans were collateralized by
          an assignment of the first mortgage loans payable to the Company.  Two
          of the loans bore interest at rates varying from 8% to 9% per annum
          and were scheduled to come due on various dates through 1996.  In
          March 1996, the partnerships that own these properties refinanced two
          of these mortgages, which eliminated them as obligations of the
          Company.  The third loan bore interest at the rate of 9.5% per annum
          and was scheduled to mature on March 31, 1997.  All three loans have
          been paid in full as of July 31, 1996.
         

        
     (c)  The formation of the Company, pursuant to the merger into the Company
          of various affiliated corporations and asset transfers, resulted in
          defaults of approximately $6.3 million aggregate principal amount of
          bank loans.  None of the lenders have commenced any action to pursue
          remedies in respect of such debt.  The Company is currently working
          with the lenders of such debt on amendments to the underlying debt
          instruments which would give effect to the formation of the Company
          and waive any such defaults.  The Company anticipates that all such
          amendments and waivers will be entered into prior to the date of this
          Prospectus.
         

     (d)  Debentures are collateralized by various purchase notes and investor
          notes related to multi-family property financing.  They mature in 1996
          through 2004 and bear interest rates of 11% to 12% per annum.

          Future annual maturities, excluding interest, over the next five
          years and thereafter, are as follows:

          Year Ending
          January 31
          -----------
          1997  . . . . . . . . . .               $ 37,170
          1998  . . . . . . . . . .                 12,887
          1999  . . . . . . . . . .                 29,660
          2000  . . . . . . . . . .                 15,426
          2001  . . . . . . . . . .                 17,428
          Thereafter  . . . . . . .                 26,628
                                                  --------
                                                   139,199
          Accrued interest  . . . .                    895
                                                  --------

                                                  $140,094
                                                  ========

          7.   OTHER LIABILITIES

               a.   Other liabilities include advances and certain
                    expenses.  These amounts do not bear interest and have
                    no specific repayment date.

                                         F-11


          <PAGE>

        
               b.   Unearned income of $963 and $1,534 was recorded for the
                    amount of unsubscribed partnership interests in adult
                    living communities financed during the year ended
                    January 31, 1996 and the period ended July 31, 1996,
                    respectively.  Upon full subscription these amounts
                    will be recognized as income.
          

          8.   INCOME TAXES

               Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of
               temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets
               and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the
               amount used for income taxes purposes.  The tax effects of
               temporary differences that give rise to significant portions
               of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are
               presented below:

          Deferred tax assets:                                 January 31,
                                                                  1996
                                                               -----------
                                                                 
            Notes and receivables . . . . . .                  $ 8,920

            Accrued expenses and other                           1,257
            liabilities . . . . . . . . . . .                  -------

            Total gross deferred tax assets .                   10,177

            Less valuation allowance  . . . .                    2,760
                                                               -------

          Deferred tax assets net of valuation                   7,417
          allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  -------

          Deferred tax liabilities:

            Deferred income . . . . . . . . .                    4,560

            Other assets  . . . . . . . . . .                    2,492

            Investment in partnerships  . . .                      365
                                                               -------

            Total gross deferred tax                             7,417
            liabilities . . . . . . . . . . .                  -------

          Net deferred tax assets                              $    --
          (liabilities) . . . . . . . . . . .                  =======


               As discussed in Note 1, the Company became a taxable entity
               as of April 1, 1996,therefore the current and prior year tax
               provision (benefit) is presented on a pro forma basis at an
               effective tax rate of approximately 40%.  The Company has
               recorded a valuation allowance of $2,760, because it was
               uncertain that such deferred tax assets in excess of
               deferred tax liabilities would be realizable in future
               years.

          9.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

               The Company rents office space under a lease expiring
               February 1997.  Annual base rent under such lease is
               approximately $178.  The Company entered into a ten year
               lease for additional office space, commencing September 1,
               1991.  The annual base rent is approximately $113 and will
               increase 5% each year for ten years.

          10.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        
               The Company has transactions with related parties that are
               unconsolidated affiliates of the Company.  The Company
               provides management, accounting and bookkeeping services to
               such affiliates.  The Company receives a monthly fee in
               return for such management services rendered on behalf of
               its affiliates for each of their adult living communities. 
               Aggregate fees for such services for the years ended January
               31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the six month period ended July
               31, 1996 totaled $4,124, $4,516 and $4,666 and $1,559,
               respectively.
         

        
               In addition, the Company has amounts due from unconsolidated
               affiliates of $413, $248 and $453 as of January 31, 1995 and
               1996 and the period ended July 31, 1996, respectively.
         

               The Chairman of the Board and President of the Company and
               entities controlled by them serve as general partners of
               partnerships directly and indirectly owning multi-family
               properties and on account of such general partner status
               have personal liability for recourse partnership obligations
               and own small equity ownership interests in the
               partnerships.  The Company holds note receivables,
               aggregating $163,608, that are secured by the equity
               interests in such partnerships.  These individuals have
               provided personal guarantees in certain circumstances to
               obtain mortgage financing for certain adult living
               properties operated by the Company and for certain of the
               Company's Investor Note 

                                         F-12


          <PAGE>

          Debt, and the obligations thereunder may continue.  In addition,
          such officers and certain employees will devote a portion of
          their time to overseeing the third-party managers of multi-family
          properties and one adult living community in which such officers
          have financial interests but the Company does not.  These
          activities, ownership interests and general partner interests
          create actual or potential conflicts of interest on the part of
          these officers.

          The Company is the managing general partner for 28 of the 29
          owning partnerships which own the 30 adult living
          communities and one nursing home which the Company operates. 
          The Company also is the general partner for 22 of the 34
          Investing Partnerships that own 98.5% to 99% partnership
          interests in these owning partnerships.  In addition, the
          Company is the managing agent for all of the Company's 30
          adult living communities and one nursing home.  The Company
          has financed the acquisition of adult living communities
          through the sales of limited partnership interests in the
          Investing Partnerships.  By serving in all of these
          capacities, the Company may have conflicts of interest in
          that it has both a duty to act in the best interests of
          partners of various partnerships, including the limited
          partners of the Investing Partnerships, and the desire to
          maximize earnings for the Company's stockholders in the
          operation of such adult living communities and nursing home. 


          11.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

            a. Refinancings

            In February and March of 1996, the Company arranged for the
            refinancing of existing mortgages on six adult living
            communities and initial mortgage financing on four adult living
            communities.  Substantially all of the refinancing proceeds
            from the mortgages over and above the transaction costs and the
            existing mortgage, if any, were distributed to the investors as
            a return of capital based upon the investor's ownership
            percentage in the respective limited partnership.  The
            resultant return of capital to the investors was approximately
            $43,717.  As the Company has guaranteed the investors a return
            based on their capital contribution the return of a portion of
            the investors capital contributions has reduced the Company's
            obligation under the guarantee.  This reduction, however, is
            offset and exceeded by the decrease in available cash flow to
            fund the guarantee.  The decrease in available cash flow
            exceeded the reduction in the guaranteed return obligation, and
            therefore, increased the amount required to be paid by the
            Company with respect to such guarantee return obligation. 
            Accordingly, the deferred income which reflects the Company's
            guaranteed obligation has been increased at January 31, 1996 as
            the negotiations for the mortgage commitments started as early
            as the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1995 and were substantially
            agreed to by January 31, 1996.

        
            As a result of this refinancing the Company reflected a
            reduction in assets of $6,000, a reduction in debt of $8,900
            and additional interest income of $2,900 during the six month
            period ended July 31, 1996.
         

            b. Letters of Intent

        
            The Company has obtained a letter of intent, dated April 25,
            1996, from Capstone Capital Corporation ("Capstone") to provide
            up to $39 million for the development of up to four new adult
            living communities that will be operated by the Company
            pursuant to long-term leases with Capstone.
         

            c. Capitalization

            The Board of Directors and the stockholders have approved, to
            be effective immediately prior to the closing of the proposed
            public offering of the Company's Common Stock, (i) the filing
            of a Restated Certificate of Incorporation that would provide
            for, among other things, the authorization of 20,000,000 shares
            of Common Stock and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock and an
            approximate 1084.1-for-1 stock split of the issued and
            outstanding Common Stock and (ii) a Stock Option Plan reserving
            for issuance up to 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to
            stock options and other stock awards.  The following sets forth
            the pro forma effect of the stock split.  

                                         F-13


          <PAGE>

              
                                             JANUARY 31        JULY 31
                                             ----------        -------

                                          1995         1996       1996
                                          ----         ----       ----


            Preferred Stock,              --           --           --
            $.0001 par value;
            1,000,000 shares
            authorized; none
            issued and outstanding

            Common Stock, $.01 par       100          100          100
            value; authorized,
            20,000,000 shares;
            issued and
            outstanding,
            10,000,000 shares

            Paid-in capital           31,068       35,404       35,817

            Accumulated deficit           --           --         (405)
         
 

                                         F-14


          
     <PAGE>

          ====================================
               UNTIL _____, 1996 (25 DAYS
          AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THIS
          OFFERING), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING
          TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED
          SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTIC-
          IPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE
          REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. 
          THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE
          OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A
          PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRIT-
          ERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
          ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
                   --------------------
                    TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                          PAGE
                                          ---- 
        
          Prospectus Summary  . . . . . .     1
          Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . .     8
          Use of Proceeds . . . . . . .      19
          Dividend Policy . . . . . . .      20
          Capitalization  . . . . . . .      21
          Dilution  . . . . . . . . . .      22
          Selected Consolidated Financial
           Data . . . . . . . . . . . .      23
          Management's Discussion and Analysis
            of Financial Condition and
            Results of Operations . . .      25
          Business  . . . . . . . . . .      38
          Management  . . . . . . . . .      53
          Certain Transactions  . . . .      57
          Principal and Selling Stockholders  
                                             58
          Description of Capital Stock       59
          Shares Eligible for Future Sale    61
          Plan of Distribution  . . . .      62
          Legal Matters . . . . . . . .      64
          Experts . . . . . . . . . . .      64
          Additional Information  . . .      64
          Index to Consolidated Financial
          Statements  . . . . . . . . .     F-1
         
                   --------------------



             NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER
          PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
          INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS
          OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
          AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION
          AND REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED
          UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE
          COMPANY OR ANY OF THE SELLING
          STOCKHOLDERS.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES
          NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
          A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY THE
          SHARES BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION
          IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION
          IS NOT AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH THE
          PERSON MAKING THE OFFER OR
          SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO
          SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS
          UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR
          SOLICITATION.  UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES
          SHALL THE DELIVERY OF THIS
          PROSPECTUS, OR ANY SALE MADE
          PURSUANT TO THIS PROSPECTUS,
          CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE
          INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
          PROSPECTUS IS CORRECT AS OF ANY
          TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF
          THIS PROSPECTUS.

          ====================================

	  ====================================

                     2,777,778 SHARES

                        GRAND COURT
                      LIFESTYLES, INC.
                        COMMON STOCK

  	     	        ------------	
                         PROSPECTUS
			------------



                       __________, 1996


	  ====================================

     <PAGE> 


                                    PART II

                      INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

          Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

                The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be
          incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the
          Common Stock being registered assuming both the Minimum Offering
          and the Maximum Offering.  All expenses will be borne by the
          Company, except that the Selling Stockholders will pay a 10% pro
          rata share of the non-accountable expense allowances and the
          wholesalers or finders fees.


                                                          
                                             MINIMUM     MAXIMUM  
                                             ________    _______
           Securities and Exchange
           Commission registration fee  $17,241.38    $17,241.38
           NASDAQ National Market        50,000        50,000
           listing fee . . . . . . . .                          
           Accounting fees and expenses.900,000   *   900,000   *
           Legal fees and expenses . .  250,000   *   250,000   *
           Printing and engraving        99,000   *    99,000   *
           expenses  . . . . . . . . .  
           Nonaccountable expense
           allowances
                 Minimum . . . . . . .  250,000   *        -    
                 Maximum . . . . . . .       -        500,000   *
           Wholesalers or finders fees
                 Minimum . . . . . . .  250,000   *        -    
                 Maximum . . . . . . .       -        500,000   *
           Blue Sky fees and expenses    21,000   *    21,000   *
           Transfer agent and registrar   3,000   *     3,000   *
           fees and expenses . . . . .
           Escrow agent  . . . . . . .    5,000   *     5,000   *
           Miscellaneous . . . . . . . 
                                         14,758.62*    14,758.62*
                                        __________    __________
                 Total
                    Minimum  . . . . . 
                                     $1,860,000   *
                                     _____________
                                     _____________
                    Maximum  . . . . .             $2,360,000   *
                                                   _____________
                                                   _____________
          ______________________
          * estimated

          Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

               Article IX of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorpo-
          ration will provide that:

                    "The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or
          is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
          pending or complete action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
          criminal, administrative or investigative, or by or in the right
          of the Corporation to procure judgment in its favor, by reason of
          the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
          of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
          Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
          corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
          enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
          judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
          reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit
          or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
          reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests
          of the Corporation, in accordance with and to the full extent
          permitted by statute.  Expenses incurred in defending a civil or
          criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the
          Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action,
          suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the
          specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of
          the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount
          unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be 
          indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this section. The 
          indemnification provided by

                                     II-1

     <PAGE> 

	         this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to
          which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under this 
          Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any agreement or vote of
          stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to
          action in his official capacity and as to action in another 
          capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a 
          person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent
          and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and 
          administrators of such a person."

               Article X of the Company's By-Laws will provide that:

                    "Any person made or threatened to be made a party to or
          involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or
          criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter,
          "proceeding") by reason of the fact that he, his testator or
          intestate, is or was a director, officer or employee of the
          Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
          Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
          corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other
          enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit
          plans, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation
          to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law
          of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be
          amended (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the
          extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide
          broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the
          Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all
          expense, loss and liability (including, without limitation,
          judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable
          expenses, including attorneys' fees), actually and necessarily
          incurred or suffered by him in connection with the defense of or
          as a result of such proceeding, or in connection with any appeal
          therein.  The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and
          maintain insurance for the indemnification of such directors,
          officers and employees to the full extent permitted under the
          laws of the State of Delaware from time to time in effect.  Such
          right of indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any
          other rights of indemnification to which such director, officer
          or employee may be entitled.

                    The right to indemnification conferred in this By-Law
          shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid
          by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such
          proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however
     							  --------  -------
          that if the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware 
          requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or 
          officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not 
          in any other capacity in which services were or are rendered by 
          such person while a director or officer, including, without 
          limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of 
          the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon 
          delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of 
          such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it 
          shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is 
          not entitled to be indemnified under this By-Law or otherwise."

               Statutory

                    Generally, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law
          of the State of Delaware authorizes Delaware corporations, under
          certain circumstances, to indemnify their officers and directors
          against all expenses and liabilities (including attorneys' fees)
          incurred by them as a result of any suit brought against them in
          their capacity as a director or an officer, if they acted in good
          faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not
          opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with
          respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if they had no
          reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.  A
          director or officer may also be indemnified against expenses
          incurred in connection with a suit by or in the right of the
          corporation if such director or officer acted in good faith and
          in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
          best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification
          may be made without court approval if such person was adjudged
          liable to the corporation.


				      II-2

     <PAGE> 

	

          Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        
                Since January 31, 1993, the Company issued Debentures
          in eleven series and Bonds in two series, with interest rates
          ranging from 11% to 12.375%, and maturity dates from 1996 to 2004
          in an aggregate principal amount of $68,927,157.08.  Each series
          was issued in reliance on exemptions from the registration
          requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
          "1933 Act") under Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of such act and
          Regulation D promulgated thereunder to accredited investors and
          up to 35 non-accredited investors.  In connection with such
          issuances, the Company paid commissions to qualified broker
          dealers of between 10% and 15%.

          
                   In connection with offerings of limited partnership
          interests in limited partnerships organized to invest in adult
          living communities and for which the Company has acted as general
          partner, the terms of the partnership offerings provide that
          limited partners will receive distributions during each of the
          first five years equal to between 11% and 12% of their paid-in
          capital.  Pursuant to the management contracts with the
          partnerships which own such communities, the Company is required
          to pay such Owning Partnerships, and the Owning Partnerships
          distribute to the Investing Partnerships for distribution to
          limited partners, amounts sufficient to fund any part of such
          return not paid from cash flow from the related property. Since
          January 31, 1993, there were 17 such limited partnership
          offerings for an aggregate of $164,000,000.  Each such offering
          was issued in reliance on exemptions from the registration
          requirements under the 1933 Act under Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of
          such act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder to accredited
          investors and up to 35 non-accredited investors.  In connection
          with such issuances, the Company paid commissions to qualified
          brokers and dealers of between 10% and 15%.

                    Two limited partnerships for which the Company is
          general partner have issued limited partnership interests for, in
          the aggregate, $9,250,000, the net proceeds of which have been
          used to make second mortgage loans to the Company to fund
          approximately 20% of the costs of developing three new adult
          living communities.  Each such offering was issued in reliance on
          exemptions from the registration requirements under the 1933 Act
          under Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of such act and Regulation D
          promulgated thereunder to accredited investors and up to 35 non-
          accredited investors.  In connection with such issuances, the
          Company paid commissions to qualified brokers and dealers of
          between 10% and 15%.

        
                    In connection with the reorganization of the Company's
          businesses, the Company issued 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock
          to Messrs. Luciani and Rodin in exchange for assets having an
          aggregate value of $35,917,000.  This offering was issued in
          reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements under
          the 1933 Act under Sections 3(b) and  4(2) of such act.
          

          Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

                    (a)  Exhibits

        
                *1.1          -    Form of Selling Agency Agreement.
                *1.2          -    Form of Subscription Form.
                *2.1          -    Consolidation Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 among John Luciani, Bernard M. Rodin,
                                   J&B Management Company and the Company.
                *2.1(a)       -    First Amendment dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 to Consolidation Agreement dated as
                                   of April 1, 1996 among John Luciani,
                                   Bernard M. Rodin, J&B Management Company
                                   and the Company.
                *2.1(b)       -    Second Amendment dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 to Consolidation Agreement dated as
                                   of April 1, 1996 among John Luciani,
                                   Bernard M. Rodin, J&B Management Company
                                   and the Company.
                *2.2(a)       -    Merger Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 between Leisure Centers, Inc. and
                                   the Company.
                *2.2(b)       -    Merger Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 between Leisure Centers
                                   Development, Inc. and the Company.
                *2.2(c)       -    Merger Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 between J&B Management Corp. and
                                   the Company.
                *2.2(d)       -    Merger Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 between Wilmart Development Corp.
                                   and the Company.
                *2.2(e)       -    Merger Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 between Sulgrave Realty Corporation
                                   and the Company.
                *2.2(f)       -    Merger Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 between Riv Development Inc. and
                                   the Company.
         

				      II-3

     <PAGE> 

         
    

             	3.1           -	   Form of Restated Certificate of 
			           Incorporation of the Company.
                *3.2          -    By-Laws of the Company.
                5(a)          -    Opinion of Reid & Priest LLP.
                *10.1         -    1996 Stock Option and Performance Award 
                                   Plan.
                *10.3         -    Letter of Intent dated April 25, 1996 from
          		           Capstone Capital Corp. to the Company.
                *10.4(a)      -    Form of 12% Debenture due June 16, 2000
                                   - Series 1.
                *10.4(b)      -    Form of 12% Debenture due April 15, 1999
          			   - Series 2.
                *10.4(c)      -    Form of 11% Debenture due December 31,
			           1996 - Series 3.
                *10.4(d)      -    Form of 11.5% Debenture due April 15,
			           2000 - Series 4.
                *10.4(e)      -    Form of 12% Debenture due January 15,
			           2003 - Series 5.
                *10.4(f)      -    Form of 12% Debenture due April 15, 2003
			           - Series 6.
                *10.4(g)      -    Form of 11% Debenture due January 15,
			           2002 - Series 7.
                *10.4(h)      -    Form of 11% Debenture due January 15,
			           2002 - Series 8.
                *10.4(i)      -    Form of 12% Debenture due September 15,
			           2001 - Series 9.
                *10.4(j)      -    Form of 12% Debenture due January 15,
			           2004 - Series 10.
                *10.5(a)      -    Bank Agreement dated August 14, 1990
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 12% Debentures,
                                   Series 1.
                *10.5(b)      -    First Amendment dated as of August 21,
                                   1992 to Bank Agreement dated August 14,
                                   1990 between The Bank of New York and
                                   the Company with respect to 12%
                                   Debentures, Series 1.
                *10.5(c)      -    Bank Agreement dated October 11, 1991
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 12% Debentures,
                                   Series 2.
                *10.5(d)      -    Bank Agreement dated October 17, 1991
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 11% Debentures,
                                   Series 3.
                *10.5(e)      -    Bank Agreement dated April 1, 1992
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 11.5%
                                   Debentures, Series 4.
                *10.5(f)      -    Bank Agreement dated October 30, 1992
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 12% Debentures,
                                   Series 5.
                *10.5(g)      -    Bank Agreement dated May 24, 1993
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 12% Debentures,
                                   Series 6.
                *10.5(h)      -    Bank Agreement dated October 27, 1993
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 11% Debentures,
                                   Series 7.
                *10.5(i)      -    First Amendment dated November 29, 1993
                                   to Bank Agreement dated October 27, 1993
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 11%
                                   Debentures,Series 7.
                *10.5(j)      -    Bank Agreement dated November 29, 1993
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 11% Debentures,
                                   Series 8.
                *10.5(k)      -    Bank Agreement dated September 12, 1994
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 12% Debentures,
                                   Series 9.
                *10.5(l)      -    Bank Agreement dated July 12, 1995
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 12% Debentures,
                                   Series 10.
                *10.6(a)      -    Form of Short-term Step-up Bond due
                                   March 15, 2001 - Series 1.
                *10.6(b)      -    Form of 12.375% Bond due April 15, 2003 -
                                    Series 2.
                *10.7(a)      -    Bank Agreement between The Bank of New
                                   York and the Company with respect to
                                   Short-term Step-up Bonds - Series 1.
                *10.7(b)      -    Bank Agreement between The Bank of New
                                   York and the Company with respect to
                                   12.375% Bonds -Series 2.
                *10.8  	      -    Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of 
				   May 7, 1985 between Sterling National Bank
                                   & Trust Company and the Company.
            	 10.9         -    Assumption Agreement dated as of September
                                   10, 1996 among Sterling National Bank & 
                                   Trust, the Company, Bernard M. Rodin and 
                                   John Luciani
                *21 	      -    List of Subsidiaries of the Company.
          	 23.1         -    Consent of Reid & Priest LLP (included in 
                                   Exhibit 5 hereto).

         

                                      II-4

     <PAGE> 

        

                 23.2  	      -    Consent of DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP.
                *24           -    Power of Attorney.
                 27.1         -    Financial Data Schedule for the period 
                                   ended July 31, 1996.
	         27.2         -    Amended Financial Data Schedule for the 
                                   period ended January 31, 1996.
          _______________________
          *   Previously filed.
     
              
          Item 17.  Undertakings

              The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

              (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
          being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration
          statement:

              (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3)
          of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act of
          1933");

              (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
          arising after the effective date of the registration statement
          (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
          individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change
          in the information set forth in the registration statement. 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in the
          volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
          securities offered would not exceed that which was registered)
          and any deviation from the low or high and of the estimated
          maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus
          filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the
          Securities Act of 1933 if, in the aggregate, the changes in the
          volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the
          maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
          Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement;

              (iii)  To include any material information with respect to
          the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
          registration statement or any material change to such information
          in the registration statement.

              (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under
          the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that
          contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
          registration statement relating to the securities offered
          therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall
          be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

              (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
          amendment any of the securities being registered which remain
          unsold at the termination of the offering.

              (4)  To provide to the Transfer Agent at the closing cer-
          tificates in such denominations and registered in such names as
          required by the Transfer Agent to permit prompt delivery to each
          purchaser.

              (5)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under
          the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,
          officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to
          the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been
          advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
          Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
          expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. 
          In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
          liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
          incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of
          the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
          proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
          person in connection with the securities being registered, the
          registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
          has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
          appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
          indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
          the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication
          of such issue.

                                     II-5

     <PAGE> 


                                      SIGNATURES
        
              Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
          the registrant has duly caused this amendment to the registration
          statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
          thereunto duly authorized, in the town of Fort Lee, the State of
          New Jersey, on September 13, 1996.
         
                                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, Inc.


                                             By:  /s/ Paul Jawin
                                                  _______________
                                                   Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
          to the registration statement has been signed by the following
          persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

                   Signature                     Title         Date
              ___________________           _______________  ___________

        
           /s/ John Luciani *             Chairman of the    September 13, 1996
           ___________________            Board                   
                  John Luciani            of Directors and 
                                          Chief Executive
                                          Officer (Principal
                                          Executive 
                                          Officer)

           /s/ Bernard M. Rodin *         President and      September 13, 1996
           ______________________         Chief Operating         
                Bernard M. Rodin          Officer and
                                          Director
                                          (Principal
                                          Executive Officer)

           /s/ John W. Luciani, III *     Executive Vice     September 13, 1996
           __________________________     President and           
              John W. Luciani, III        Director

           /s/ Paul Jawin                 Chief Financial    September 13, 1996
           __________________________     Officer (Principal      
                   Paul Jawin             Financial Officer
                                          and Principal
                                          Accounting
                                          Officer)

           /s/ Walter Feldesman *         Director           September 13, 1996
           ______________________                                 
                Walter Feldesman

           /s/ Leslie E. Goodman *        Director           September 13, 1996
         ________________________                              
               Leslie E. Goodman

           By: */s/ Paul Jawin
               ______________________
                    Paul Jawin,
                    Attorney-in-Fact
                                        

         


                                     II-6  

     <PAGE>

         EXHIBIT INDEX


              Exhibit		   Description
              --------             ----------- 
         
                *1.1          -    Form of Selling Agency Agreement.
                *1.2          -    Form of Subscription Form.
                *2.1          -    Consolidation Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 among John Luciani, Bernard M. Rodin,
                                   J&B Management Company and the Company.
                *2.1(a)       -    First Amendment dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 to Consolidation Agreement dated as
                                   of April 1, 1996 among John Luciani,
                                   Bernard M. Rodin, J&B Management Company
                                   and the Company.
                *2.1(b)       -    Second Amendment dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 to Consolidation Agreement dated as
                                   of April 1, 1996 among John Luciani,
                                   Bernard M. Rodin, J&B Management Company
                                   and the Company.
                *2.2(a)       -    Merger Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 between Leisure Centers, Inc. and
                                   the Company.
                *2.2(b)       -    Merger Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 between Leisure Centers
                                   Development, Inc. and the Company.
                *2.2(c)       -    Merger Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 between J&B Management Corp. and
                                   the Company.
                *2.2(d)       -    Merger Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 between Wilmart Development Corp.
                                   and the Company.
                *2.2(e)       -    Merger Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 between Sulgrave Realty Corporation
                                   and the Company.
                *2.2(f)       -    Merger Agreement dated as of April 1,
                                   1996 between Riv Development Inc. and
                                   the Company.
             	3.1           -	   Form of Restated Certificate of 
			           Incorporation of the Company.
                *3.2          -    By-Laws of the Company.
                5(a)          -    Opinion of Reid & Priest LLP.
                *10.1         -    1996 Stock Option and Performance Award 
                                   Plan.
                *10.3         -    Letter of Intent dated April 25, 1996 from
          		           Capstone Capital Corp. to the Company.
                *10.4(a)      -    Form of 12% Debenture due June 16, 2000
                                   - Series 1.
                *10.4(b)      -    Form of 12% Debenture due April 15, 1999
          			   - Series 2.
                *10.4(c)      -    Form of 11% Debenture due December 31,
			           1996 - Series 3.
                *10.4(d)      -    Form of 11.5% Debenture due April 15,
			           2000 - Series 4.
                *10.4(e)      -    Form of 12% Debenture due January 15,
			           2003 - Series 5.
                *10.4(f)      -    Form of 12% Debenture due April 15, 2003
			           - Series 6.
                *10.4(g)      -    Form of 11% Debenture due January 15,
			           2002 - Series 7.
                *10.4(h)      -    Form of 11% Debenture due January 15,
			           2002 - Series 8.
                *10.4(i)      -    Form of 12% Debenture due September 15,
			           2001 - Series 9.
                *10.4(j)      -    Form of 12% Debenture due January 15,
			           2004 - Series 10.
                *10.5(a)      -    Bank Agreement dated August 14, 1990
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 12% Debentures,
                                   Series 1.
                *10.5(b)      -    First Amendment dated as of August 21,
                                   1992 to Bank Agreement dated August 14,
                                   1990 between The Bank of New York and
                                   the Company with respect to 12%
                                   Debentures, Series 1.
                *10.5(c)      -    Bank Agreement dated October 11, 1991
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 12% Debentures,
                                   Series 2.
                *10.5(d)      -    Bank Agreement dated October 17, 1991
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 11% Debentures,
                                   Series 3.
                *10.5(e)      -    Bank Agreement dated April 1, 1992
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 11.5%
                                   Debentures, Series 4.
                *10.5(f)      -    Bank Agreement dated October 30, 1992
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 12% Debentures,
                                   Series 5.
                *10.5(g)      -    Bank Agreement dated May 24, 1993
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 12% Debentures,
                                   Series 6.
                *10.5(h)      -    Bank Agreement dated October 27, 1993
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 11% Debentures,
                                   Series 7.
                *10.5(i)      -    First Amendment dated November 29, 1993
                                   to Bank Agreement dated October 27, 1993
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 11%
                                   Debentures,Series 7.
                *10.5(j)      -    Bank Agreement dated November 29, 1993
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 11% Debentures,
                                   Series 8.
                *10.5(k)      -    Bank Agreement dated September 12, 1994
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 12% Debentures,
                                   Series 9.
                *10.5(l)      -    Bank Agreement dated July 12, 1995
                                   between The Bank of New York and the
                                   Company with respect to 12% Debentures,
                                   Series 10.
                *10.6(a)      -    Form of Short-term Step-up Bond due
                                   March 15, 2001 - Series 1.
                *10.6(b)      -    Form of 12.375% Bond due April 15, 2003 -
                                    Series 2.
                *10.7(a)      -    Bank Agreement between The Bank of New
                                   York and the Company with respect to
                                   Short-term Step-up Bonds - Series 1.
                *10.7(b)      -    Bank Agreement between The Bank of New
                                   York and the Company with respect to
                                   12.375% Bonds -Series 2.
                *10.8  	      -    Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of 
				   May 7, 1985 between Sterling National Bank
                                   & Trust Company and the Company.
            	10.9          -    Assumption Agreement dated as of September
                                   10, 1996 among Sterling National Bank & 
                                   Trust, the Company, Bernard M. Rodin and 
                                   John Luciani
                *21 	      -    List of Subsidiaries of the Company.
          	 23.1         -    Consent of Reid & Priest LLP (included in 
                                   Exhibit 5 hereto).
                23.2   	      -    Consent of DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP.
                *24           -    Power of Attorney.
                27.1          -    Financial Data Schedule for the period 
                                   ended July 31, 1996.
	        27.2          -    Amended Financial Data Schedule for the 
                                   period ended January 31, 1996.
          _______________
          *   Previously filed.








                                                            Exhibit 3.1
                                   FORM OF RESTATED

                             CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                          OF

                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.

                       (Pursuant to Section 245 of the General
                      Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)


                    GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC., a corporation organized

          and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby 
          
          certifies as follows:

                    1.   The original Certificate of Incorporation of the

          Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of

          Delaware on January 25, 1996.

                    2.   The original Certificate of Incorporation of the

          Corporation was amended by a Certificate of Amendment filed with

          the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 20,

          1996.

                    3.   The original Certificate of Incorporation of the

          Corporation was further amended by a Certificate of Amendment

          filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 21, 1996.

                    4.   This Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends,

          restates and integrates the provisions of the original

          Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as amended to the

          date hereof, and was duly adopted in accordance with the

          provisions of Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the

          State of Delaware.

                    5.   The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is

          hereby restated to read in its entirety as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I
                                      ---------

             The name of the Corporation is Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc.

                                      ARTICLE II
                                      ----------

                    The address of the Corporation's registered office in

          the State of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, City of Dover,

          County of Kent, Delaware 19901.  The name of its registered agent

          at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

                                     ARTICLE III
                                     -----------

                    The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted

          or promoted by the Corporation are to engage in any lawful act or

          activity for which corporations may be organized under the

          General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

                                      ARTICLE IV
                                      ----------

                    Section 4.1.   Authorized Capital.
                                   ------------------

                    The total number of shares of all classes of stock

          which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Twenty-One

          Million (21,000,000) shares, consisting of:

                         (a)  One Million (1,000,000) shares of preferred

          stock, $.0001 par value (the "Preferred Stock"), and 

                         (b)  Twenty Million (20,000,000) shares of common

          stock, $.01 par value ("Common Stock").

                    Section 4.2.   Preferred Stock.
                                   ----------------
                    Shares of the preferred stock of the Corporation may be

          issued by the Board of Directors, without stockholder approval,

          from time to time in one or more classes or series, each of which

          class or series shall have such distinctive designation or title

          as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation

          prior to the issuance of any shares thereof.  Each such class or

          series of preferred stock shall have such voting powers, full or

          limited, or no voting powers, and such other relative rights,

          powers and preferences, including, without limitation, the

          dividend rate, conversion rights, if any, redemption price and

          liquidation preference, and such qualifications, limitations or

          restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in such resolution or

          resolutions providing for the issuance of such class or series of

          preferred stock as may be adopted from time to time by the Board

          of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof pursuant

          to the authority hereby expressly vested in it, all in accordance

          with the laws of the State of Delaware.

                    Section   4.3  Common Stock.
                                   -------------
                    The powers, rights and other matters relating to the

          Common Stock are as follows:

                         (a)  Dividends.
                              ----------
                         Subject to the limitations set forth in this

          Article IV, dividends may be paid on Common Stock out of any

          funds legally available for that purpose, when, as and if

          declared by the Board of Directors.

                         (b)  Liquidation Rights.
                              -------------------
                         In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or

          winding up of the Corporation, after there shall have been paid

          to or set aside for the holders of outstanding shares having

          superior liquidation preferences to Common Stock the full

          preferential amounts to which they are respectively entitled, the

          holders of outstanding shares of all classes of Common Stock

          shall be entitled to receive pro rata, according to the number of

          shares held by them, the remaining assets of the Corporation

          legally available for distribution to the stockholders.

                         (c)  Voting Rights.
                              --------------
                         (1)  Except as set forth in this Article IV or as

          by statute or otherwise mandatorily provided, the holders of the

          outstanding shares of Common Stock shall exclusively possess full

          voting powers for the election of directors of the Corporation

          and for all other corporate purposes.

                         (2)  Any action required or permitted to be taken

          at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken

          only upon the vote of the stockholders at an annual or special

          meeting duly noticed and called, as provided in the By-Laws of

          the Corporation, and may not be taken by a written consent of the

          stockholders pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State

          of Delaware.

                         (3)  Special meetings of the stockholders of the

          Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time

          by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of

          Directors.  Special meetings of the stockholders of the

          Corporation may not be called by any other Person or Persons.

                         (d)  Definitions.
                              ------------
                         For purposes of Article IV of this Restated

          Certificate of Incorporation:

                    "Person"
                    -------
                    means an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a

          corporation, an association, a trust, or any other entity or

          organization.

                                      ARTICLE V
                                      ---------
                    In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers

          conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation

          is expressly authorized to adopt, alter or repeal its By-Laws. 

          In addition, the By-Laws may be made, altered, amended, changed

          or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation upon the

          affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the

          outstanding Common Stock entitled to vote thereon.

                                      ARTICLE VI
                                      ----------

                    Election of directors need not be by written ballot

          unless the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

                                     ARTICLE VII
                                     -----------

                    Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed

          between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them

          and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class

          of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of

          Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the

          Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the

          application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the

          Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the

          Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or

          of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under

          the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code,

          order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of

          the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as

          the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court

          directs.  If a majority in number representing three-fourths in

          value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the

          stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the

          case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any

          reorganization of the Corporation as a consequence of such

          compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and

          the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to

          which the said application has been made, be binding on all the

          creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders

          or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be,

           and also on the Corporation.

                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                     ------------

                    A director of the Corporation shall not be personally

          liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary

          damages for injury resulting from a breach of his fiduciary duty

          as a director, except for liability (i) for injury resulting from

          a breach of his duty of loyalty to the Corporation and its

          stockholders, (ii) for injury resulting from acts or omissions

          not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a

          knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware

          General Corporation Law, as the same exists or hereafter may be

          amended, or (iv) for injury resulting from any transaction from

          which the director derives an improper personal benefit.  If the

          Delaware General Corporation Law hereafter is amended so as to

          authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability

          of directors to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary

          damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, then the

          liability of a director of the Corporation for monetary damages,

          in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided in

          the preceding sentence, shall automatically, by virtue hereof and

          without any further action on the part of the Corporation or its

          stockholders, be further limited so as to be limited to the

          fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation

          Law.  Any repeal or modification of this Section by the

          stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and

          shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal

          liability of a director of the Corporation with regard to actions

          taken or omitted before such repeal or modification.

                                      ARTICLE IX
                                      ----------

                    The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or

          is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,

          pending or complete action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,

          criminal, administrative or investigative, or by or in the right

          of the Corporation to procure judgment in its favor, by reason of

          the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent

          of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the

          Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another

          corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other

          enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees),

          judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and

          reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit

          or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he

          reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests

          of the Corporation, in accordance with and to the full extent

          permitted by statute.  Expenses incurred in defending a civil or

          criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the

          Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action,

          suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the

          specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of

          the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount

          unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to

          be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this section. 

          The indemnification provided by this section shall not be deemed

          exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking

          indemnification may be entitled under this Restated Certificate

          of Incorporation or any agreement or vote of stockholders or

          disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his

          official capacity and as to action in another capacity while

          holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has

          ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall

          inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators

          of such a person.

                                      ARTICLE X
                                      ---------

                    Notwithstanding anything contained in this Restated

          Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative

          vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding shares

          of Common Stock shall be required to amend, repeal, or adopt any

          provision inconsistent with Sections 4.3(c)(2) or 4.3(c)(3) of

          Article IV, Article V or this Article X of this Restated

          Certificate of Incorporation.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of

          Incorporation has been executed on behalf of the Corporation this

           ____ day of ____________, 1996.



                                        GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.


                                        By:                              
                                             ----------------------------
                                             Bernard M. Rodin, President



          Attest:




          ----------------------------
          Keith E. Marlowe, Secretary





                                                          Exhibit 5(a)
                              
                              
                              REID & PRIEST LLP
                             40 WEST 57th STREET  
                          NEW YORK, N.Y. 10019-4097
                            TELEPHONE 212 603-2000
                              FAX 212 603-2001

                                                            



                                             New York, New York
                                             September 13, 1996


          Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc.
          One Executive Drive
          Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024


          Ladies and Gentlemen:

                    We are acting as special counsel to Grand Court
          Lifestyles, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in
          connection with the proposed issuance and sale of up to 2,777,778
          shares of its Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock"),
          of which 10% will be sold by selling stockholders (the "Selling
          Stockholders"), as contemplated by the registration statement on
          Form S-1 filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange
          Commission on June 14, 1996 for the registration of the Common
          Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),
          as amended, said registration statement being hereinafter called
          the "Registration Statement".

                    We are of the opinion that, subject to the
          qualifications hereinafter expressed:

                    1.  The Company is a corporation validly organized and
          existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

                    2.  The Common Stock sold by the Company and the
          Selling Stockholders will have been validly issued and will be
          fully paid and non-assessable when:

                    (a)  the Registration Statement shall have become
               effective under the Act;

                    (b)  the Company's Board of Directors or a duly
               authorized committee thereof shall have taken such action as
               may be necessary to authorize the issuance and sale of the
               Common Stock on the terms set forth in or contemplated by
               the Registration Statement, as to be amended or
               supplemented, and the exhibits thereto, and to authorize
               such other action as may be necessary in connection with the
               consummation of the issuance and sale of the Common Stock;
               
                   (c)  the Company's Board of Directors or a duly
              authorized committee thereof and the Company's stockholders 
              shall have taken such action as may be necessary to authorize 
              an amendment to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation to  
              reflect the change in the Company's capitalization as
              contemplated by the Registration Statement;

                    (d)  the Company shall have caused to be filed with the
              Secretary of State of Delaware such Restated Certificate of
              Incorporation;

                    (e)  the Company's Board of Directors or a duly
              authorized committee thereof shall have taken such action as 
              may be necessary to authorize a 1,084.1-for-1 split of the 
              Common Stock; and 

                    (f)  the Common Stock shall have been issued, sold and
             delivered by the Company to the purchasers against payment
             therefor or sold and delivered by Selling Stockholders to the
             purchasers against payment therefor, all as contemplated by, and
             in conformity with, the acts and documents referred to above and
             the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

                    We are members of the Bar of the State of New York. 
          This opinion is limited to the laws of the State of New York, the
          General Corporate Law of the State of Delaware and the Federal
          law of the United States.

                    We hereby authorize and consent to the use of this
          opinion as Exhibit 5(a) to the Registration Statement, and
          authorize and consent to the references to our firm in the
          Registration Statement and in the prospectus constituting a part
          thereof.

                                             Very truly yours,
                                                              
                                             /s/ Reid & Priest LLP
                                             
                                             REID & PRIEST LLP









                                                               Exhibit 10.9

                                 ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
                               -----------------------


               ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT dated this 10th day of September, 1996
          between GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC., a Delaware corporation,
          having an office at One Executive Drive, Fort Lee, New Jersey
          07204 ("Grand") and Sterling National Bank & Trust Company of New
          York, having an office at 540 Madison Avenue, New York, New York
          10022 ("Sterling").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

               WHEREAS, J&B Management Company ("J&B") executed that
          certain Loan Agreement dated May 7, 1985 (the "Loan Agreement"),
          between J&B and Sterling to borrow from and repay Sterling, on a
          revolving basis, an amount not to exceed $15 million, secured by
          (i) certain property described in the General Loan and Security
          Agreement executed and delivered by J&B (the "J&B Security
          Agreement"), (ii) certain property described in the Hypothecation
          and Security Agreement executed and delivered by Bernard M. Rodin
          ("Rodin") and John Luciani ("Luciani") [the "Hypothecation
          Agreement"] and (iii) a Guaranty of all Liability and Security
          Agreement executed and delivered by J&B Management Corp., a New
          Jersey corporation ("Corp'), Executive Offices Realty Corp., a
          New Jersey corporation ("Realty Corp."), Realty Executive
          Associates a joint venture comprised of John W. Luciani III and
          Bernard M. Rodin ("Realty Associates") and Woodlands Associates,
          a joint Venture comprised of Dorian Luciani and John W. Luciani
          (collectively the "Affiliates");

               WHEREAS, the period in which Grand may borrow under the
          terms of the Loan Agreement has been extended from time to time
          and most recently has been extended to December 31, 1996 pursuant
          to the letter agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 (the
          "Extension Agreement") and the Loan Agreement is being amended
          hereby to reflect such extension;

               WHEREAS, J&B had  granted a security interest under the J&B
          Security Agreement in certain Investor Notes in substitution for
          certain Investor Notes originally listed therein and the J&B
          Security Agreement is being amended hereby to reflect such
          substitution;

               WHEREAS, Executive Offices Realty Corp. has merged with and
          into Corp.;

               WHEREAS, Corp. has merged with and into Grand as of April 1,
          1996;
                                                    
               WHEREAS, Realty Associates and Woodlands Associates are no
          longer in existence;

               WHEREAS, each of Rodin, Luciani and J&B transferred certain
          of their interests to Grand pursuant to that certain
          Consolidation Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996 among Rodin,
          Luciani, J&B, and Grand as amended by the First Amendment to the
          Consolidation Agreement (the "Consolidation Agreement"), a copy
          of which is annexed hereto as Exhibit A;

               NOW THEREFORE,in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and
          other good and valuable consideration, each party to the other
          paid, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
          acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

               1.   Except as limited by this Assumption Agreement, Grand
          hereby assumes and undertakes to pay and perform each and every
          obligation and liability under and arising out of or related to
          the Loan Agreement, J&B Security Agreement and any other
          document, instrument or agreement executed by J&B and delivered
          to Sterling in connection therewith (collectively, the "Loan
          Documents") in the place and stead of J&B as fully as if Grand
          had originally made, executed and delivered the Loan Documents. 
          Notwithstanding the previous sentence, Grand is not assuming the
          liabilities under the Loan Documents which are secured with
          investor notes payable to Golden Home Associates, Drake
          Associates or Gateway 10 Associates.  Any reference in the Loan
          Documents to J&B shall be deemed to mean Grand.

               2.   (a) The Loan Agreement is amended as follows.  Section
          1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended to delete the reference to
          "March 1, 1989" and insert, in lieu thereof, the phrase "December
          31, 1996.  Section 3.11 of the Loan Agreement is amended to
          delete the reference to "1610 Woodstead Court, Suite 460, the
          Woodlands, Texas  77380".  Section 3.15(a) of the Loan Agreement
          is amended to (i) delete the phrase "150%" and insert, in lieu
          thereof, the phrase "500%" and (ii) delete the reference to "for
          the semi-annual period ended December 31, 1984".  Section 3.15(b)
          of the Loan Agreement is amended to delete the phrase "evidenced
          by HUD insured or HUD held mortgages".  Section 3.18 of the Loan
          Agreement is amended to delete the phrase "$60 million" and
          insert, in lieu thereof, the phrase "$30 million".  The reference
          to "sole general partners" in Section 3.20 shall be deleted and
          the phrase "officers, directors and shareholders" shall be
          inserted in lieu thereof.

                    (b)  The J&B Security Agreement is amended to delete
          Schedule B thereto and to attach, in lieu thereof, Schedule B
          hereto.

               3.   Grand hereby ratifies and confirms all of the terms,
          covenants and conditions contained in the Loan Documents, and
          represents that all representations and warranties set forth in
          the Loan Documents, as modified by this Assumption Agreement, are
          true and correct as of the date hereof.

               4.   Grand hereby certifies that all of the provisions of
          the Loan Documents, except as modified by this Assumption
          Agreement and the new Schedule B attached to the J&B Security
          Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect.

               5.   Luciani and Rodin certify that all of the provisions of
          the Hypothecation Agreement, to the extent still relevant, are
          and shall remain in full force and effect.

               6.   Luciani, Rodin and Grand Court represent, warrant and
          covenant that (i) Corp. has merged with and into Grand as of
          April 1, 1996 and (ii) the Consolidation Agreement was executed
          as of April 1, 1996.

               7.   Sterling hereby (i) acknowledges that Grand is the
          successor to J&B under the Loan Agreement and consents to the
          assumption by Grand of J&B's obligations under the Loan Agreement
          as limited by paragraph 1 above, and paragraph 7 (iii), below;
          (ii) consents to the transfer of assets under the Consolidation
          Agreement and waives any rights or claims against J&B or any of
          the Affiliates pursuant to the Loan Documents by reason of any
          violation of or default thereof as a result of such Consolidation
          Agreement or the merger of Corp. with and into Grand; and (iii)
          releases J&B and its partners from all obligations relating to
          the Loan Documents other than the liabilities owing to Sterling
          which are secured with investor notes payable to Golden Home
          Associates, Drake Associates, or Gateway 10 Associates.

               8.   The Hypothecation Agreement, to the extent relevant, is
          unaffected by this Assumption Agreement.

               9.   Tto the extent that any of the terms, covenants and
          provisions of this Assumption Agreement shall be inconsistent
          with the provisions contained in the Loan Documents, then the
          provisions hereof shall govern and control.

               10.  This Assumption Agreement may not be terminated or
          modified, except by an instrument in writing subscribed by the
          party against whom enforcement of such modification, change,
          waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

               11.  All of the terms, conditions, warranties,
          representations and covenants of this Agreement shall apply and
          be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, each party,
          and their respective successors and assigns.

               12.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
          counterparts and each counterpart will, for all purposes, be
          deemed to be an original, and all counterparts will together
          constitute one instrument.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
          Assumption Agreement on the date and year first above written.

                                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.


                                        By:     /s/ Bernard M. Rodin     
                                             ----------------------------
                                             Bernard M. Rodin, President



                                                /s/ John Luciani         
                                             ----------------------------
                                             John Luciani




                                                /s/ Bernard M. Rodin     
                                             ----------------------------
                                             Bernard M. Rodin


                                             STERLING NATIONAL BANK & TRUST
                                             COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                                             By:    /s/ S.V. Colonna     
                                             ----------------------------
                                                  Executive Vice President

                                                                      


                                                               Exhibit 23.2



          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

          We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration
          Statement (No. 333-05955) of Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. on Form
          S-1 of our report dated April 26, 1996, except for Note 11 which
          is as of June 11, 1996, appearing in the Prospectus, which is
          part of this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement.

          We also consent to the reference to us under the heading
          "Experts" in such Prospectus.


          /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

          DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
          New York, New York
          September 13, 1996


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM
THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1996
<CASH>                                           7,190
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  237,544
<ALLOWANCES>                                    11,500
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     0
<PP&E>                                               0
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 254,364
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                0
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             1
<OTHER-SE>                                      35,511
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   254,364
<SALES>                                         18,836
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                28,281
<CGS>                                            9,323
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    3,489
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 6,429
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               7,802
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  1,238
<INCOME-TAX>                                       495
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                908
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                       908
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .07
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .07
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS AMENDED SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED 
FROM THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF 
OPERATIONS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               JAN-31-1996
<CASH>                                          17,961
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  236,736
<ALLOWANCES>                                    13,000
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     0
<PP&E>                                               0
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 260,742
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                0
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             1
<OTHER-SE>                                      35,503
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   260,742
<SALES>                                         41,407
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                68,915
<CGS>                                           27,112
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    7,664
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                12,295
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              15,808
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  6,036
<INCOME-TAX>                                     2,414
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              3,622
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     3,622
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .36
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .36
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission